{"title":"Acrylic Display Cases","description":"\u003cp\u003eBrowse acrylic display cases designed around exact LEGO® set numbers. Compare clear and printed-background options only where offered, then verify the listed external dimensions and available display space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"lego-75257-millennium-falcon-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Millennium Falcon (75257)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Star Wars Millennium Falcon set 75257 a dedicated freestanding display with a fully enclosed acrylic case. The enclosure separates the Falcon's circular hull, forward mandibles and surface details from surrounding shelf clutter while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Millennium Falcon set 75257. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75257 Millennium Falcon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreestanding acrylic dust-protection display case designed for tabletop, shelf, cabinet and display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized specifically for LEGO® set 75257, providing sufficient space around the hull, forward mandibles and projecting details while keeping the ship easy to view from multiple angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain components use slot-and-tab connections for positioning and alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied screws and connecting blocks are used to secure the required structural sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome configurations may require a small number of additional screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically away from the display base for easier access to the model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reinstall the enclosure, lower it carefully into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnpack the acrylic panels, display base, connecting blocks, screws and other supplied components on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels using the corresponding slot-and-tab connection points. Install the supplied connecting blocks and screws where additional fastening is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Inspect the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore placing the Millennium Falcon inside, check that all panels are correctly aligned, the required screws are secure and the enclosure sits evenly on the display base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Position the Millennium Falcon\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully place the completed LEGO® Millennium Falcon in the intended display position. Make sure the forward mandibles, radar dish and other projecting sections remain clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Install the Transparent Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the assembled transparent enclosure above the model and lower it vertically into the locating groove in the base. Check that the enclosure is fully seated and stable before releasing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case before moving the completed LEGO® model into position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force panels or connectors into place; recheck alignment first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the enclosure from stable lower sections when lifting it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed display on a stable, level horizontal surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® Millennium Falcon set 75257?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Millennium Falcon set 75257.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this compatible with the UCS Millennium Falcon 75192?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LEGO® UCS Millennium Falcon set 75192 is a substantially different model with different dimensions. Please confirm set number 75257 before ordering this display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when the Millennium Falcon is displayed as part of a larger Star Wars collection. A printed-background configuration provides stronger visual separation from the wall or shelf behind the model and creates a more self-contained presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, connecting blocks, required screws and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 75257, the completed Millennium Falcon, minifigures and decorative LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the transparent enclosure be removed after assembly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the base whenever access to the model is required. Reinstall it by carefully lowering it back into the corresponding base groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle works best for the Millennium Falcon?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA slightly elevated front three-quarter view reveals the upper hull, forward mandibles and circular silhouette together. Leave some side access so the ship remains visually three-dimensional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 51 cm × 31 cm × 37.3 cm for the case itself, with additional clearance above and around the enclosure for installation, cover removal and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding acrylic display case intended for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 75257 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 75257 and the completed Millennium Falcon are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017771823426,"sku":"PS-DC-75257-STD","price":141.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017771856194,"sku":"PS-DC-75257-PREM","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_idisplayit-com_01_2a76d157-e9db-43aa-bb28-700d6edbc0ed.webp?v=1787998193"},{"product_id":"lego-42083-bugatti-chiron-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Bugatti Chiron (42083)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe LEGO® Technic Bugatti Chiron 42083 is defined by its sweeping roofline, sculpted wheel arches and long rear bodywork. This dedicated acrylic display case gives the car a clean visual boundary while keeping the profile, cockpit and rear section visible as one continuous form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Bugatti Chiron set 42083. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case, supplied as individual components for assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCase Sizing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed around the official dimensions of LEGO® set 42083, with approximately 3–5 cm of additional viewing clearance where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInternal Display Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal compartment provides clearance around the model to help prevent contact with the acrylic panels and maintain a balanced presentation from multiple viewing angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm reinforced high-clarity acrylic enclosure panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick solid display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack or white base options may be available depending on the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStructure \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision slot-and-tab assembly structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive required for the main enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision-polished acrylic edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable freestanding structure suitable for shelf, cabinet and tabletop display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels before assembly. Check that each panel is clean and transparent before continuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Side Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front, rear, left and right acrylic panels with the corresponding slots in the base. Insert each panel vertically and make sure all connection points are correctly seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Position the Model\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Bugatti Chiron 42083 in the center of the display base and adjust it to the preferred viewing angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Top Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the top panel with the upper locating points of the side panels and lower it evenly into position until the enclosure is securely closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main acrylic components use a slot-and-tab fitting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the standard enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force acrylic panels into position. Recheck the alignment of the slots and tabs first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case matched to LEGO® Technic set 42083?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatibility is specifically for LEGO® Bugatti Chiron set 42083. Other Bugatti models and smaller supercar sets may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich background configuration is currently available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing currently offers the Printed Background configuration for LEGO® Bugatti Chiron set 42083. Review the printed backdrop shown for this product before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® Bugatti Chiron set 42083, the completed model and any accessories shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should the model be placed inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. Once the case is stable, move the Chiron by supporting the model securely from underneath and avoid forcing the wheels or bodywork against the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor viewing-angle and placement advice, read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/lego-bugatti-chiron-42083-display-guide\"\u003eBugatti Chiron 42083 display guide\u003c\/a\u003e. Explore more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vehicle-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO vehicle display cases\u003c\/a\u003e by exact set number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the best way to present the Bugatti Chiron?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA side or front three-quarter viewing angle works well because it keeps the roofline, wheel arches and rear bodywork visible together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I measure before ordering?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease confirm the available shelf width, depth and overhead clearance. The case is sized around LEGO® set 42083 with additional viewing clearance, so allow extra space for assembly and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The enclosure uses a precision slot-and-tab structure and does not require permanent adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 42083 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 42083 and the completed Bugatti Chiron are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017772183874,"sku":"PS-DC-42083-PREM","price":262.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/001_6befda85-d0f4-496a-9dfa-0ee9c22f0ad1.webp?v=1790258028"},{"product_id":"lego-42056-porsche-911-gt3-rs-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Porsche 911 GT3 RS (42056)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Porsche 911 GT3 RS in LEGO® Technic set 42056 is defined by its roofline, wheel arches and rear-wing silhouette. A dedicated acrylic display case keeps those features visible together while separating the car from surrounding shelf clutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Porsche 911 GT3 RS set 42056. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case, supplied as individual components for assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCase Sizing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed around the official dimensions of LEGO® set 42056, with approximately 3–5 cm of additional viewing clearance where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInternal Display Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal compartment provides clearance around the model to help prevent contact with the acrylic panels while maintaining a balanced presentation from multiple viewing angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm reinforced high-clarity acrylic enclosure panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick solid display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack or white base options may be available depending on the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStructure \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision slot-and-tab assembly structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive required for the main enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision-polished acrylic edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable freestanding structure suitable for shelf, cabinet and tabletop display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels before assembly. Check that each panel is clean and transparent before continuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Side Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front, rear, left and right acrylic panels with the corresponding slots in the base. Insert each panel vertically and make sure all connection points are correctly seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Position the Model\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Porsche 911 GT3 RS in the center of the display base and adjust it to the preferred viewing angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Top Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the top panel with the upper locating points of the side panels and lower it evenly into position until the enclosure is securely closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main acrylic components use a slot-and-tab fitting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the standard enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force acrylic panels into position. Recheck the alignment of the slots and tabs first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow can I confirm the case is the right Porsche size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck for LEGO® set number 42056 on the box or building instructions. Other Porsche 911 models use different scales and display requirements, even when the model name is similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich background configuration is currently available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing currently offers the Printed Background configuration. A printed background creates a more defined setting when the GT3 RS is intended to be displayed as a standalone centerpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® Porsche 911 GT3 RS set 42056, the completed car and accessories shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow can I reduce risk during setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete the case assembly on a clear, stable surface before moving the Porsche into position. Check all panel connections first and avoid applying pressure to the LEGO® model during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the best way to present the GT3 RS?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA side or front three-quarter viewing angle works well because it keeps the roofline, wheel arches and rear wing visible together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The main enclosure uses a precision slot-and-tab assembly structure and does not require permanent adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 42056 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 42056 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017772446018,"sku":"PS-DC-42056-PREM","price":262.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/001_19e6e008-cccc-4751-a8a5-50be2447f198.webp?v=1790255465"},{"product_id":"lego-75355-ucs-x-wing-starfighter-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® UCS X-Wing Starfighter (75355)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Star Wars UCS X-Wing Starfighter set 75355 a dedicated freestanding display with a fully enclosed acrylic case. The enclosure creates a clean perimeter around the pointed nose, open S-foils and display stand while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® UCS X-Wing Starfighter set 75355. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75355 UCS X-Wing Starfighter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case designed for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized specifically for LEGO® set 75355, providing clearance around the nose, wings, display stand and projecting details while keeping the complete starfighter visible from multiple viewing angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain components use slot-and-tab connections for positioning and alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome sections may require a small number of screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied screws and connecting blocks are used to secure the required structural sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically away from the display base for easier access to the model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reinstall the enclosure, lower it carefully into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnpack the acrylic panels, display base, connecting blocks, screws and other supplied components on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels using the corresponding slot-and-tab connection points. Install the supplied connecting blocks and screws where additional fastening is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Inspect the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore placing the X-Wing inside, check that all panels are correctly aligned, the required screws are secure and the enclosure sits evenly on the display base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Position the UCS X-Wing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® UCS X-Wing Starfighter carefully in the intended display position. Make sure the nose, wing tips, laser cannons and other projecting elements remain clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Install the Transparent Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the assembled transparent enclosure above the model and lower it vertically into the locating groove in the base. Check that all parts of the X-Wing remain clear of the panels as the enclosure is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBecause of the 62 cm × 47 cm × 51.3 cm overall size, two-person handling may be useful when lifting or repositioning the enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty case before placing the LEGO® model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force panels or connectors into position; recheck alignment first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the enclosure from stable lower sections when lifting it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed display on a stable, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® UCS X-Wing set 75355?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® UCS X-Wing Starfighter set 75355. Other X-Wing releases may use different scales, dimensions and display arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, connecting blocks, required screws and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 75355, the completed X-Wing, display stand, plaque, minifigure and other LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the transparent enclosure be removed after assembly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the display base whenever access to the model is required. Reinstall it by carefully lowering it back into the corresponding base groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when the X-Wing is displayed as part of a larger Star Wars collection. A printed-background configuration creates stronger visual separation from the shelf or wall behind the model and gives the starfighter a more self-contained presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle works best for the X-Wing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter angle helps show the pointed nose and spread of the wings in one view while preserving the starfighter's depth and overall flight profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 62 cm × 47 cm × 51.3 cm for the case itself, with additional clearance above and around the enclosure for installation, cover removal and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding acrylic display case intended for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 75355 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 75355 and the completed UCS X-Wing Starfighter are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017773691202,"sku":"PS-DC-75355-STD","price":265.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017773723970,"sku":"PS-DC-75355-PREM","price":283.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/LDS226-EMPTY-BACKGROUND_0b20fa01-cf45-4dc8-882f-541915c0af10.webp?v=1791034562"},{"product_id":"lego-10300-back-to-the-future-time-machine-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Back to the Future Time Machine (10300)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBack to the Future Time Machine 10300 carries recognition in small surface details as well as in its familiar car profile. This acrylic display case keeps the vehicle separated from surrounding shelf clutter, allowing the model's distinctive bodywork and movie-inspired details to remain clearly visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Back to the Future Time Machine set 10300. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display case is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly. The main acrylic structure uses slot-and-tab connections, with screws and connecting blocks used where required for additional stability. Some configurations may require only a small number of screws to be tightened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the base when access to the model is required. To reinstall it, carefully lower the enclosure into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the acrylic panels using the corresponding slot-and-tab connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks where required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Time Machine in the center of the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the transparent enclosure into the locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble the display on a clean, flat and stable surface. Keep the LEGO® model outside the work area until the enclosure has been assembled and checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I avoid ordering for the wrong Time Machine set?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse LEGO® set number 10300 as the deciding compatibility reference. Smaller vehicles and other Back to the Future releases do not share the same display dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well within a mixed Icons or movie-vehicle collection. The printed-background version creates a more defined setting around the Time Machine. Printed artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions. An electronic copy of the instructions can also be sent to the email address you specify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 10300, the completed Time Machine and accessories shown for display purposes are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should remain visible around the car?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the side profile and rear equipment visible while maintaining a front three-quarter viewing angle. These positions help show both the vehicle shape and its distinctive movie-inspired details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere does this display work best?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the case on a stable, level surface and confirm the full external dimensions before ordering. Avoid positioning it too close to the edge of a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 10300 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 10300 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Style-A","offer_id":56017773887810,"sku":"PS-DC-10300-STD","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Style-B","offer_id":56017773920578,"sku":"PS-DC-10300-PREM","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Style-C","offer_id":67614029021506,"sku":null,"price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_dia-dia-dia-com_01.webp?v=1787997247"},{"product_id":"lego-42172-mclaren-p1-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® McLaren P1 (42172)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Technic McLaren P1 (42172) a dedicated acrylic display case with a Printed Background. Match your set number to this listing and check the selected configuration before ordering. The LEGO® set and completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® McLaren P1 set 42172. Planning an open-door pose or a supercar shelf? Use our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/lego-mclaren-p1-42172-display-guide\"\u003eMcLaren P1 42172 display guide\u003c\/a\u003e to plan your viewing angle and measurement checks, or browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vehicle-display-cases\"\u003evehicle display cases\u003c\/a\u003e for other set numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case, supplied as individual components for assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCase Sizing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed around the official dimensions of LEGO® set 42172, with approximately 3–5 cm of additional viewing clearance where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInternal Display Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal compartment provides clearance around the model to help prevent the bodywork from contacting the acrylic panels while preserving clear viewing angles around the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm reinforced high-clarity cast acrylic enclosure panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick solid display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack or white base options may be available depending on the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStructure \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision slot-and-tab assembly structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive required for the main enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision-polished acrylic edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable freestanding structure suitable for shelf, cabinet and tabletop display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels before assembly. Check that each panel is clean and transparent before continuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Side Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front, rear, left and right acrylic panels with the corresponding slots in the base. Insert each panel vertically and make sure all locating points are correctly seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Position the Model\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® McLaren P1 in the center of the display base and adjust it to the preferred viewing angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Top Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the top panel with the upper locating points of the side panels and lower it evenly into position until the enclosure is securely seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main acrylic components use a precision slot-and-tab fitting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the standard enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force the acrylic panels into position. Recheck the alignment of the tabs and slots first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® set 42172?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatibility is specifically for LEGO® McLaren P1 set 42172. Other McLaren models may use different scales and dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich background option is available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing currently offers the Printed Background configuration. Review the selected option and product gallery before adding the case to your cart. A photograph with a clear background does not establish a separately selectable Clear option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 42172 and the completed McLaren P1 model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should the car be handled during setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. When positioning the model, support the P1 securely from stable structural areas and avoid lifting it by projecting bodywork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle best presents the McLaren P1?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter angle shows the nose, wheel position and side contour together, while a secondary side or rear angle keeps the full body arc and rear structure visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat space should I reserve around the case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized around LEGO® set 42172 with additional viewing clearance. Allow extra space around the case for assembly, access and viewing from more than one angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The enclosure uses a precision slot-and-tab structure and does not require permanent adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 42172 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 42172 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017774117186,"sku":"PS-DC-42172-PREM","price":262.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/003_cef32e92-b1eb-482a-8e97-9c9f792ee223.webp?v=1790517095"},{"product_id":"lego-10365-captain-jack-sparrow-s-pirate-ship-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Captain Jack Sparrow's Pirate Ship (10365)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCaptain Jack Sparrow's Pirate Ship 10365 builds upward as much as outward. Its masts, sails and deck create a layered silhouette, so the display case is designed to preserve vertical clarity while giving the ship a defined presentation space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Captain Jack Sparrow's Pirate Ship set 10365. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 67.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display case is supplied as separate components and requires assembly. Use the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the corresponding parts and maintain structural stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the acrylic panels and structural components according to the supplied instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the required sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that all connections are properly tightened and the empty enclosure is stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Pirate Ship inside only after the case has been fully assembled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTake extra care when positioning the model, especially around the projecting masts, spars and sails. Keep the completed ship away from the assembly area until the enclosure is ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case intended for the complete LEGO® 10365 ship?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatibility is specifically for LEGO® Captain Jack Sparrow's Pirate Ship set 10365. Please confirm the set number before ordering rather than relying only on the general pirate-ship description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when the ship is displayed as part of a larger Disney or maritime collection. A printed background creates a stronger visual horizon behind the masts and can help the ship stand out from a patterned or visually busy wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions. An electronic copy of the instructions can also be sent to the email address you specify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 10365, the completed ship, characters and any scene elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat requires extra care during setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble the empty enclosure first and confirm that it is stable. Move the completed ship only after the case is ready, paying close attention to the masts, spars, sails and other projecting elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing height suits a tall sailing ship?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the case where the deck remains visible while the mast tops are not obstructed by the shelf above. A mid-level display position usually provides a clearer view of the rigging, sails and hull.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich parts of the display should remain visually clear?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bow, mast line and outer sail edges free from surrounding clutter. Avoid placing tall decorative objects immediately beside the case, as they can compete with the ship's vertical silhouette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease confirm the external dimensions of 70 cm × 29 cm × 67.3 cm and allow additional clearance around the case for assembly, placement and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 10365 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 10365 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017774936386,"sku":"PS-DC-10365-STD","price":140.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017774969154,"sku":"PS-DC-10365-PREM","price":155.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_idisplayit-com_01_7b6c85f6-7c70-4292-a823-a870c2555313.webp?v=1787997384"},{"product_id":"lego-76139-1989-batmobile-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® 1989 Batmobile (76139)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDisplay and protect your LEGO® 1989 Batmobile set 76139 in a dedicated freestanding acrylic case designed around its long hood, enclosed cockpit and sculpted rear profile. The clear enclosure helps keep the black body visually separated from surrounding shelf clutter while protecting the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® 1989 Batmobile set 76139. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm \/ 24.2 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 cm \/ 11.7 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm \/ 7.8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 76139 1989 Batmobile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcrylic Panel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Age:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm high-transparency acrylic enclosure panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm solid black PVC display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear acrylic connectors and screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo metal fasteners used in the visible enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo glue required for standard assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully enclosed freestanding design for tabletop, shelf and cabinet display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the acrylic panels, black PVC base, acrylic connectors, screws and accessories on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of the acrylic panels before final assembly. Avoid using sharp metal tools that could scratch the surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Assemble the Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels with the corresponding connection points and use the supplied clear acrylic connectors and screws to secure the case together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Inspect the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore placing the Batmobile inside, confirm that all panels are aligned correctly and that the enclosure sits firmly on the black PVC base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Position the 1989 Batmobile\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport the completed model from underneath and carefully place it inside the case. Make sure the long front section, rear fins and other projecting details remain clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe display case is supplied as separate components and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo glue is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten acrylic screws or connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the empty enclosure before placing the LEGO® model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the finished display on a stable, level horizontal surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 × 3 mm clear acrylic panels with protective film\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 10 mm black PVC baseboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear acrylic connectors and screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransfer sticker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 76139, the completed 1989 Batmobile, minifigures and other LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich Batmobile is this display designed for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis case is designed specifically for LEGO® 1989 Batmobile set 76139. It should not be assumed to fit the Tumbler or smaller Batmobile models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAre the listed dimensions internal or external?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated 60 × 30 × 20 cm \/ 24.2 × 11.7 × 7.8 in measurements are the internal display dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case use metal screws?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The enclosure uses clear acrylic connectors and acrylic screws for a cleaner visual presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the display require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The standard enclosure is assembled using the supplied connectors and screws without glue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding display case intended for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; Placement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean acrylic surfaces with a soft microfiber cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive cleaners or rough materials that may scratch the acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the display on a stable, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift and relocate the case carefully rather than dragging it across furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow can the black Batmobile remain visually distinct?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter or side view helps define the long hood, cockpit and sculpted rear through reflections and silhouette. Avoid placing the display directly against a visually busy dark background where possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much shelf space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal space measures 60 × 30 × 20 cm, so the finished external case will require slightly more room. Allow additional clearance around the enclosure for assembly, cleaning and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 76139 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display case only. LEGO® set 76139 and the completed 1989 Batmobile are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017775231298,"sku":"PS-DC-76139-STD","price":233.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017775264066,"sku":"PS-DC-76139-PREM","price":243.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_fantasmall-com_01_f4bc0b89-a9b7-4c0c-83d7-fd840e7a6b50.webp?v=1787998384"},{"product_id":"lego-76240-batman-batmobile-tumbler-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Batman Batmobile Tumbler (76240)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Batman Batmobile Tumbler set 76240 a dedicated freestanding acrylic display case. The enclosure creates clean visual space around the Tumbler’s angular armor, oversized wheels and compact silhouette while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Batman Batmobile Tumbler set 76240. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 76240 Batmobile Tumbler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized specifically for LEGO® set 76240, providing clearance around the armored body, wheel arches and projecting details while keeping the vehicle easy to view from multiple angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain components use slot-and-tab connections for positioning and alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied screws and connecting blocks are used to secure the required structural sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome configurations may require a small number of additional screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically away from the base for easier access to the model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reinstall the enclosure, lower it carefully into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the acrylic panels, display base, connecting blocks, screws and other supplied components on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels using the corresponding slot-and-tab connection points. Install the supplied connecting blocks and screws wherever additional fastening is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Inspect the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore placing the Batmobile Tumbler inside, confirm that all panels are correctly aligned, the required screws are secure and the enclosure sits evenly on the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Position the Tumbler\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully place the completed LEGO® Batmobile Tumbler in the intended display position. Support the model from stable lower sections and make sure the wheels, armor panels and projecting details remain clear of the acrylic enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Install the Transparent Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the assembled transparent enclosure above the model and lower it vertically into the locating groove in the base. Check that the enclosure is fully seated and stable before releasing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the empty case before placing the LEGO® model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force panels or connectors into position; recheck alignment first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the enclosure from stable lower sections when lifting it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed display on a stable, level horizontal surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® Batmobile Tumbler set 76240?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Batman Batmobile Tumbler set 76240.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this compatible with LEGO® 1989 Batmobile set 76139?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LEGO® set 76139 is a different Batmobile with different proportions and dimensions. Please confirm set number 76240 before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when the Tumbler is displayed as part of a larger Batman collection. A printed-background configuration creates stronger visual separation behind the dark vehicle and can make the angular bodywork easier to read against a busy or dark shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, connecting blocks, required screws and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 76240, the completed Batmobile Tumbler, minifigures and other LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the transparent enclosure be removed after assembly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the base whenever access to the model is required. Reinstall it by carefully lowering it back into the corresponding base groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich viewing angle works best for the Tumbler?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter view shows the armored nose, oversized wheels and stepped side surfaces together, while a side view helps emphasize the Tumbler’s compact and heavy proportions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 50 cm × 37 cm × 30.3 cm for the case itself, with additional clearance above and around the enclosure for installation, cover removal and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow can I keep the black vehicle visually distinct?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave some open space around the case and avoid placing it directly against equally dark, visually busy objects. Contrast around the wheel arches and outer armor line helps the Tumbler remain easier to read.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding acrylic display case intended for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 76240 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 76240 and the completed Batmobile Tumbler are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017775427906,"sku":"PS-DC-76240-STD","price":217.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017775460674,"sku":"PS-DC-76240-PREM","price":225.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_shop-kingdombricksupply-com_01_3ce3a043-6733-4af2-a70d-d89b3dd2e99f.webp?v=1787998419"},{"product_id":"lego-43222-disney-castle-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Disney Castle (43222)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA castle under the fireworks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTurn your LEGO® Disney Castle set 43222 into a dramatic nighttime centerpiece with this CubeBuff gem-shaped acrylic display case. A colorful fireworks backdrop, faceted clear panels, decorative scrollwork and integrated lighting create a fairy-tale setting around the castle while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Disney Castle set 43222. The LEGO® set and completed castle are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eGem-Shaped Acrylic Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case uses a faceted gem-inspired profile rather than a conventional rectangular enclosure. The angled clear panels create a more architectural presentation around the castle while preserving visibility from multiple viewing angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eOrnate Carved Panel Details\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDecorative vintage-style scrollwork is incorporated into the clear panels, giving the enclosure a more elaborate palace-inspired appearance that complements the fantasy architecture of the Disney Castle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eFireworks Night-Sky Backdrop\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA colorful fireworks scene is UV-printed directly onto the rear panel, creating the appearance of the castle standing beneath a nighttime celebration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV printing refers to the artwork printing process and does not mean the panel has a UV-protective coating.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIlluminated Base with Four Spotlights\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display includes a built-in illuminated base and four upward-facing spotlights positioned around the castle. Together, they highlight the towers, facade and architectural details from below for a stronger evening display effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eUSB Powered\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lighting system operates through a single USB connection. A compatible USB cable is included with the display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 43222 Disney Castle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66 × 86 × 43 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25.98 × 33.86 × 16.93 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding tabletop display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gem-shaped faceted acrylic enclosure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear acrylic with UV-printed background panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminated base with 4 spotlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e USB powered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw-joined panels and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Assembly Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 30 minutes for one person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear Acrylic Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-clarity acrylic panels keep the castle visible while creating a fully enclosed barrier that helps reduce dust exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDecorative Carved Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelected clear panels feature ornate carved scrollwork that adds visual detail without covering the main castle viewing area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003ePrinted Rear Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear panel features a high-resolution UV-printed fireworks night-sky design created specifically to complement the Disney Castle display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Identify the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore assembly, inspect each acrylic component carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent acrylic panels have protective film on both sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV-printed panels have protective film on one side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarved decorative panels do not use protective film and are supplied separately bagged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully peel away the protective film from the applicable acrylic surfaces before final assembly. Avoid using sharp metal tools that could scratch the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Assemble the Acrylic Structure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the faceted acrylic panels according to the supplied instructions and secure the required sections using the included screws and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Backdrop\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the UV-printed fireworks panel at the rear of the enclosure, making sure the printed artwork faces the intended viewing direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Install the Lighting Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the illuminated base and four spotlights in their designated positions. Route the lighting cable neatly toward the USB power connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e6. Position the Disney Castle\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Disney Castle carefully onto the display base. Center the model and check that the tallest towers and projecting decorative elements remain clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e7. Complete the Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall the remaining acrylic components and check that all screws, panels and accessories are correctly seated before powering the lighting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe display case is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximate assembly time is 30 minutes for one person.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the product on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle large acrylic panels by their edges where possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBecause of the overall size, additional assistance may be useful when moving the completed display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLighting System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated lighting system is designed to turn the Disney Castle into a stronger nighttime focal point rather than simply illuminating the enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in illuminated display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour upward-facing spotlights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle USB power connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB cable included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA USB power adapter is not listed as part of the package unless specifically shown or stated in the selected product configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × CubeBuff acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × illuminated display base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × spotlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × UV-printed fireworks backdrop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired screws and assembly accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® Disney Castle set 43222, the completed castle, minifigures and other LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed specifically for LEGO® set 43222?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed for LEGO® Disney Castle set 43222. The earlier LEGO® Disney Castle set 71040 has different dimensions and should not be assumed to fit this enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a standard rectangular acrylic case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This version uses a distinctive gem-shaped faceted enclosure with decorative carved details, a printed fireworks backdrop and integrated lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the fireworks background light up?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fireworks scene itself is UV-printed artwork. The display lighting comes from the illuminated base and four spotlights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes UV-printed mean UV protected?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. “UV-printed” describes the printing method used for the artwork. It does not indicate that the acrylic or printed panel provides UV-protective filtering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is designed as a freestanding tabletop display case. Place it on a stable, level surface capable of supporting the complete display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; Placement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean acrylic surfaces with a soft, dry or suitable microfiber cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive cleaners or rough materials that may scratch the acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the display away from direct sunlight where possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the case on a stable, level tabletop, cabinet or display plinth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow sufficient clearance around the 66 × 86 × 43 cm enclosure for installation, cleaning and access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 66 × 86 × 43 cm for the display itself, plus additional clearance for assembly, cable routing and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the display without turning on the lights?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The acrylic enclosure, carved details and printed fireworks background can still be used as a complete display presentation without powering the lighting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs a USB cable included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A USB cable is included for powering the integrated lighting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the display arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The enclosure is supplied as separate panels and accessories and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 43222 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display case only. LEGO® Disney Castle set 43222 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017775755586,"sku":"PS-DC-43222-PREM","price":329.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/016_01_20afd9d6bde2.webp?v=1791031427"},{"product_id":"lego-10307-eiffel-tower-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Eiffel Tower (10307)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEiffel Tower 10307 is fundamentally a vertical display challenge. The experience depends on seeing the broad base narrow through the ironwork toward the summit, so the case is planned as a clear architectural volume rather than a conventional shelf box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Eiffel Tower set 10307. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.2 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.2 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display case is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly. The main acrylic structure uses slot-and-tab connections, with screws and connecting blocks used where required for additional stability. Some configurations may require only a small number of screws to be tightened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the base when access to the model is required. To reinstall it, carefully lower the enclosure into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the acrylic panels using the corresponding slot-and-tab connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks where required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Eiffel Tower in the center of the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the transparent enclosure carefully into the locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause of the tower's vertical form, assemble the display on a clean, flat and stable surface with sufficient overhead clearance. Keep the LEGO® model away from the assembly area until the enclosure is secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this display matched to LEGO® Eiffel Tower 10307?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This product is designed for LEGO® Eiffel Tower set 10307. Smaller Eiffel Tower models use different dimensions and are not compatible with this enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version emphasizes the open lattice structure by allowing light and the surrounding room to remain visible. A printed background can provide stronger contrast behind the fine architectural details. Printed artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions. An electronic copy of the instructions can also be sent to the email address you specify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 10307 and the completed Eiffel Tower model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should I protect the model during setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the tower away from the panel assembly area. Assemble and inspect the empty display first, then move the model into position only after the structure is stable and the route is clear of overhead obstacles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere can the full tower silhouette be best viewed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a stable display position with enough overhead clearance and an unobstructed view from the base to the summit. Avoid placing the enclosure where a shelf edge blocks the tower's taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I measure before ordering?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease confirm the external dimensions of 16.2 cm × 16.2 cm × 33.5 cm and make sure the intended display location has enough surrounding and overhead space for installation and viewing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 10307 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 10307 and the completed Eiffel Tower model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017776410946,"sku":"PS-DC-10307-STD","price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017776443714,"sku":"PS-DC-10307-PREM","price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_fantasmall-com_01_f3d8cc43-2182-4534-9529-08dacaa20ace.webp?v=1787997263"},{"product_id":"lego-76405-hogwarts-express-collectors-edition-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Hogwarts Express – Collectors' Edition (76405)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"7\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail ps-product-detail--overview\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eProduct description\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHogwarts Express Collectors' Edition 76405 is a long narrative build, moving from locomotive to carriage and station detail. The case gives that sequence a single visual boundary so the train reads as a journey rather than several disconnected objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is made for LEGO® set 76405. Use the set number as the primary compatibility check before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eImportant notes before you buy\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this case for the Collectors' Edition train?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Match against LEGO® set 76405, Hogwarts Express Collectors' Edition. Other Hogwarts Express sets use different scales and should not be assumed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does each background choice emphasize?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClear is useful when the train belongs within a broader Harry Potter collection. Printed Background creates a stronger destination behind the long model and can reduce competition from books or objects visible through the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat arrives with the case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded are the case panels, base, connectors and printed assembly instructions. An electronic copy can also be sent to the email address you specify. LEGO® set 76405, the train, carriage, figures and station elements are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat deserves extra attention during assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble the enclosure away from the train. Once the case is secure, transfer the set in a controlled sequence and ensure that long or projecting elements do not contact the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eReturn policy\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eEstimated delivery\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich sightline communicates the train best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreserve an uninterrupted side view from locomotive through carriage, then allow a closer angle for platform and character details. A narrow shelf opening can break the story into pieces, so plan the case position first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should the display space be planned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the complete case dimensions and reserve enough horizontal clearance for both assembly and later access. Do not estimate space from the locomotive alone; the entire set composition is the compatibility target.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct scope and trademark note for set 76405\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis purchase is for the display product only; LEGO® set 76405 and the completed model are not included. LEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017776738626,"sku":"PS-DC-76405-STD","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017776771394,"sku":"PS-DC-76405-PREM","price":190.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/02_flyingbox-store_02.webp?v=1787998456"},{"product_id":"lego-42115-lamborghini-sian-fkp-37-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Lamborghini Sián FKP 37 (42115)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe LEGO® Technic Lamborghini Sián FKP 37 set 42115 combines a low wedge-shaped profile with complex rear bodywork and distinctive aerodynamic details. This dedicated acrylic display case gives the model enough visual space for its shape, bright bodywork and technical details to remain clearly visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Lamborghini Sián FKP 37 set 42115. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case, supplied as individual components for assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCase Sizing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed around the official dimensions of LEGO® set 42115, with approximately 3–5 cm of additional viewing clearance where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInternal Display Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal compartment provides clearance around the model to help prevent contact with the acrylic panels and maintain a balanced presentation from multiple viewing angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm reinforced high-clarity cast acrylic enclosure panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick solid display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack or white base options may be available depending on the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStructure \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision slot-and-tab assembly structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive required for the main enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision-polished acrylic edges for a clean finished appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable freestanding structure designed for shelf, cabinet and tabletop display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels before assembly. Check that each panel is clean and transparent before continuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Side Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front, rear, left and right acrylic panels with the corresponding slots in the base. Insert each panel vertically and make sure all locating points are correctly seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Position the Model\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Lamborghini Sián FKP 37 in the center of the display base and adjust it to the preferred viewing angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Top Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the top panel with the upper locating points of the side panels and lower it evenly into position until the enclosure is securely seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main acrylic components use a precision slot-and-tab fitting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the standard enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force the acrylic panels into position. Recheck the alignment of the tabs and slots first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® set 42115?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatibility is specifically for LEGO® Lamborghini Sián FKP 37 set 42115. Other Lamborghini models may use different scales and dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich background configuration is currently available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing currently offers the Printed Background configuration for LEGO® Lamborghini Sián FKP 37 set 42115. Review the printed backdrop shown for this product before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 42115 and the completed Lamborghini Sián FKP 37 model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should the model be placed inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. Support the model securely from stable structural points when transferring it into the case, and avoid lifting it by projecting bodywork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor viewing-angle and placement advice, read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/lego-lamborghini-sian-42115-display-guide\"\u003eLamborghini Sián FKP 37 42115 display guide\u003c\/a\u003e. Explore more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vehicle-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO vehicle display cases\u003c\/a\u003e by exact set number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle best presents the Sián?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter angle highlights the wedge-shaped nose and side profile, while a rear three-quarter view reveals more of the model's technical and aerodynamic detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat space should I reserve around the case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized around LEGO® set 42115 with additional viewing clearance. Allow extra room around the case for assembly, access and viewing from more than one angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The main enclosure uses a precision slot-and-tab structure and does not require permanent adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 42115 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 42115 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017776836930,"sku":"PS-DC-42115-PREM","price":262.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/001_06d41ec4-1f93-4314-869c-f9f3e1b64cb3.webp?v=1790258545"},{"product_id":"lego-42143-ferrari-daytona-sp3-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Ferrari Daytona SP3 (42143)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe LEGO® Technic Ferrari Daytona SP3 set 42143 carries its visual drama through the low front, sweeping side profile and layered rear bodywork. This dedicated acrylic display case creates a clean presentation space around the model so its proportions and details remain easy to appreciate from multiple angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Ferrari Daytona SP3 set 42143. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case, supplied as individual components for assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCase Sizing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed around the official dimensions of LEGO® set 42143, with approximately 3–5 cm of additional viewing clearance where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInternal Display Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal compartment provides clearance around the model to help prevent the front, sides and rear bodywork from contacting the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm reinforced high-clarity cast acrylic enclosure panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick solid display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack or white base options may be available depending on the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStructure \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision slot-and-tab assembly structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive required for the main enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision-polished acrylic edges for a clean finished appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable freestanding structure suitable for shelf, cabinet and tabletop display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels before assembly. Check that each panel is clean and transparent before continuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Side Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front, rear, left and right acrylic panels with the corresponding slots in the base. Insert each panel vertically and make sure all locating points are correctly seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Position the Model\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Ferrari Daytona SP3 in the center of the display base and adjust it to the preferred viewing angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Top Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the top panel with the upper locating points of the side panels and lower it evenly into position until the enclosure is securely seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main acrylic components use a precision slot-and-tab fitting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the standard enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force the acrylic panels into position. Recheck the alignment of the tabs and slots first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this enclosure designed for LEGO® Technic set 42143?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The case is matched specifically to LEGO® Ferrari Daytona SP3 set 42143. Ferrari models from other LEGO® ranges use different scales and dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version integrates the Daytona SP3 into a broader Ferrari or Technic collection. A printed background creates a more defined setting and can help the red bodywork stand out from objects behind the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for the separate Angled version? Compare the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/angled-acrylic-display-case-lego-42143-ferrari-daytona-sp3\"\u003eAngled acrylic case for LEGO® Ferrari Daytona SP3 42143\u003c\/a\u003e. Clear and Printed Background are the two options on this standard-case listing; they are not background selections for the separate Angled product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 42143 and the completed Ferrari Daytona SP3 model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should the model be placed inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. Support the car securely from underneath when transferring it into the case, and avoid pressing the front or rear bodywork against the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle best presents the Daytona SP3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter angle shows the low nose and sweeping side profile together, while a rear three-quarter view reveals the layered tail and rear bodywork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat space should I reserve around the case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized around LEGO® set 42143 with additional viewing clearance. Allow extra space around the case for assembly, cleaning and viewing from more than one angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The enclosure uses a precision slot-and-tab structure and does not require permanent adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 42143 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 42143 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor rear-view, roof and placement planning, read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/lego-ferrari-daytona-sp3-42143-display-guide\"\u003eFerrari Daytona SP3 42143 display guide\u003c\/a\u003e. Explore other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vehicle-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO vehicle display cases\u003c\/a\u003e by exact set number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017778442562,"sku":"PS-DC-42143-STD","price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017778475330,"sku":"PS-DC-42143-PREM","price":262.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/08_brickcessories-com_03.webp?v=1787997545"},{"product_id":"lego-71040-disney-castle-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Disney Castle (71040)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Disney Castle set 71040 a dedicated freestanding display with a tall, fully enclosed acrylic case. The enclosure creates a clean visual boundary around the castle so the central tower, irregular fantasy skyline and smaller architectural details remain easy to appreciate while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Disney Castle set 71040. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 71040\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case designed for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized specifically for LEGO® Disney Castle set 71040, providing clearance around the central tower, outer sections and projecting decorative details while maintaining a balanced overall presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a flat-packed parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain components use slot-and-tab connections for positioning and alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied screws and connecting blocks are used to secure the required structural sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome configurations may require a small number of additional screws to be tightened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically away from the base for easier access to the model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reinstall the enclosure, lower it carefully into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnpack the acrylic panels, base, connecting blocks, screws and other supplied components on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the panels using the corresponding slot-and-tab connection points. Fit the supplied connecting blocks and screws to the sections that require additional fastening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Inspect the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore placing the castle inside, check that all panels are correctly aligned, the required screws are secure and the enclosure sits evenly on the display base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Position the Disney Castle\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Disney Castle carefully in the center of the base. Make sure the tallest spires, outer towers and projecting decorative elements remain clear of the surrounding panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Install the Transparent Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the assembled transparent enclosure above the model and lower it vertically into the locating groove in the base. Make sure the enclosure is fully seated and stable before releasing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBecause of the 80.3 cm overall height, two-person handling is recommended when lifting or repositioning the assembled enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the enclosure from stable lower sections rather than lifting it by the top panel alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force panels or connectors into position. Recheck alignment first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed display on a stable, level surface capable of supporting the full assembled display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® Disney Castle set 71040?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Disney Castle set 71040.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same case as the LEGO® 43222 Disney Castle version?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LEGO® Disney Castle set 43222 is a different release with different dimensions. Please confirm set number 71040 before ordering this display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the display case panels, display base, connecting blocks, required screws and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 71040, the completed Disney Castle, minifigures and decorative LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the transparent enclosure be removed after assembly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the display base whenever access to the model is required. Reinstall it by carefully lowering it back into the corresponding base groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I check before placing the castle inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty case first. Confirm that all connections are secure and that the enclosure sits correctly on the base before moving the completed castle into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve for the display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 57 cm × 37 cm × 80.3 cm for the case itself, with additional clearance above and around the enclosure for cover removal, installation and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere should I place such a tall display case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a stable, level surface where both the lower castle scenes and the highest tower can be viewed comfortably. Avoid placing the case beneath low shelves or in areas where it could be accidentally struck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I remove the enclosure to adjust the model?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Lift the transparent enclosure vertically from the base, make the required adjustments, then lower it carefully back into the locating groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding acrylic display case designed for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 71040 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 71040 and the completed Disney Castle are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017778999618,"sku":"PS-DC-71040-STD","price":245.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017779032386,"sku":"PS-DC-71040-PREM","price":276.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_idisplayit-com_01_1e94a983-ae4b-4ea8-a783-d563ce80989e.webp?v=1787998245"},{"product_id":"lego-10360-shuttle-carrier-aircraft-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Frame for LEGO® Shuttle Carrier Aircraft (10360)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eShuttle Carrier Aircraft 10360 is a stacked aviation display: the carrier defines the wingspan while the shuttle adds a second recognizable silhouette above it. This wall display keeps both aircraft clearly visible without requiring a deep tabletop footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Shuttle Carrier Aircraft set 10360. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 59 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 59 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display is supplied as separate components and requires assembly. Use the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the corresponding parts and maintain structural stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare a clean, stable work area before assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the frame and structural components according to the supplied instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the required sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that all connections are tight and the empty display is stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall the completed LEGO® Shuttle Carrier Aircraft only after the frame has been securely mounted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the LEGO® model away from the work area during installation. Use wall fixings suitable for the wall type and confirm that the complete display is secure before positioning the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the display fit the complete LEGO® 10360 build?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatibility is specifically for LEGO® Shuttle Carrier Aircraft set 10360. Confirm the set number before ordering, as standalone shuttle models and other aircraft sets use different display dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStandard or LED: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard version provides a clean, museum-style presentation in a well-lit room. The LED version adds illumination and can create stronger visual separation around the aircraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the wall display frame, required mounting and connection components, and assembly instructions. An electronic copy of the instructions can also be sent to the email address you specify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 10360, the carrier aircraft, shuttle and accessories shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I check before installation?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the wall type, available mounting space and suitable fixing method before installation. Assemble and inspect the empty display first, then position the model only after the frame is securely mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle works best?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount the display where the carrier aircraft's full wingspan remains visible and the shuttle outline can be clearly separated from the background. Avoid nearby shelving or objects that block either side of the aircraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much wall space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease confirm the external dimensions of 59 cm × 59 cm × 37.3 cm and allow additional clearance around the display for installation, access and viewing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 10360 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 10360 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"A","offer_id":56017779196226,"sku":"PS-WF-10360-STD","price":124.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B","offer_id":56017779228994,"sku":"PS-WF-10360-PREM","price":155.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/06_otorocase-com_01.webp?v=1787997363"},{"product_id":"lego-75290-mos-eisley-cantina-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Mos Eisley Cantina (75290)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Star Wars Mos Eisley Cantina set 75290 a dedicated freestanding display with a wide, fully enclosed acrylic case. The enclosure creates a clear visual boundary around the cantina, surrounding buildings, minifigures and scene elements while helping protect the completed display from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Mos Eisley Cantina set 75290. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 67 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75290 Mos Eisley Cantina\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case designed for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized specifically for LEGO® set 75290, providing space around the wide cantina layout, exterior structures, minifigures and accessories while keeping the complete scene readable from multiple viewing angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain components use slot-and-tab connections for positioning and alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied screws and connecting blocks are used to secure the required structural sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome configurations may require a small number of additional screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically away from the display base for easier access to the scene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reinstall the enclosure, lower it carefully into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnpack the acrylic panels, display base, connecting blocks, screws and other supplied components on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels using the corresponding slot-and-tab connection points. Install the supplied connecting blocks and screws where additional fastening is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Inspect the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore moving the Mos Eisley Cantina into position, check that all panels are correctly aligned, the required screws are secure and the enclosure sits evenly on the display base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Arrange the Cantina Scene\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Mos Eisley Cantina carefully on the display base. Arrange the cantina, surrounding structures, minifigures and accessories so the main open side of the scene remains easy to view.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Install the Transparent Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the assembled transparent enclosure above the scene and lower it vertically into the locating groove in the base. Make sure no minifigures, antennas, creatures or accessories contact the panels as the enclosure is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBecause of the wide 67 cm × 57 cm footprint, two-person handling may be useful when lifting or repositioning the enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure loose minifigures and small accessories before lowering the cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force panels or connectors into position; recheck alignment first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the enclosure from stable lower sections when lifting it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed display on a stable, level surface capable of supporting the full scene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® Mos Eisley Cantina set 75290?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Mos Eisley Cantina set 75290. Smaller cantina builds and other Star Wars scene sets may use different dimensions and should not be assumed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when the cantina is displayed as part of a larger Tatooine or Star Wars collection. A printed-background configuration creates stronger separation from the room behind the display and can help the tan architecture read as one more contained environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, connecting blocks, required screws and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 75290, the completed Mos Eisley Cantina, minifigures, creatures, vehicles and other LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the transparent enclosure be removed after assembly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the base whenever access to the scene is required. Reinstall it by carefully lowering it back into the corresponding base groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I check before enclosing the scene?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck that small accessories, minifigures and projecting elements are stable before installing the cover. Assemble and inspect the empty case first, then transfer or arrange the scene only after the enclosure structure is ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle works best for Mos Eisley Cantina?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFace the most open side of the cantina toward the main viewing direction so the interior activity and minifigure arrangement remain visible. Leave access to a secondary side angle for the exterior walls and wider settlement layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 67 cm × 57 cm × 23.3 cm for the case itself, with additional clearance above and around the enclosure for installation, cover removal and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eShould I fill every open area inside the case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Leaving some open space between scene groups helps the cantina architecture, characters and smaller story elements remain easier to read.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding acrylic display case intended for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 75290 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 75290 and the completed Mos Eisley Cantina are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017779556674,"sku":"PS-DC-75290-STD","price":227.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017779589442,"sku":"PS-DC-75290-PREM","price":250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_fantasmall-com_01_a371d397-4d5b-4a51-849f-4021169302fd.webp?v=1787998314"},{"product_id":"lego-42096-porsche-911-rsr-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Porsche 911 RSR (42096)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePorsche 911 RSR set 42096 has the stance of an endurance racer, with a low nose, visible wheel line and large rear wing. This acrylic display case gives those features a clean stage while keeping the white bodywork visually separated from surrounding shelf objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Porsche 911 RSR set 42096. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 63 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 43 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display case is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly. The main acrylic structure uses slot-and-tab connections, with screws and connecting blocks used where required for additional stability. Some configurations may require only a small number of screws to be tightened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the base when access to the model is required. To reinstall it, carefully lower the enclosure into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the front, rear and side panels with the corresponding slots and connection points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks where required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Porsche 911 RSR in the center of the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the transparent enclosure carefully into the locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface. Check that all connections are secure before placing the model inside, and keep the rear wing clear of the acrylic panels during positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow can I verify this is the correct case for LEGO® 42096?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the product to LEGO® Porsche 911 RSR set 42096. Other Porsche models may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit this enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well in a multi-car Technic collection and keeps the surrounding room visible. A printed background creates stronger visual separation and can make the RSR feel more like a dedicated race display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 42096 and the completed Porsche 911 RSR model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I check before placing the car inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the available shelf space, assemble and inspect the empty enclosure first, and support the model securely when positioning it. Keep the rear wing and other projecting elements clear of the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the RSR with the other exact Porsche set numbers in our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/porsche-911-display-guide-10295-42056-42096\"\u003ePorsche 42056, 10295 and 42096 display guide\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep 42096 as the compatibility key for this enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a wall presentation of the same car, open the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/technic-race-car-wall-display-frame-42171-42141-42096?variant=56255724323138\"\u003ewall frame with Porsche 911 RSR 42096 selected\u003c\/a\u003e. This is a separate wall format; it is not the Clear or Printed Background option on this case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle best shows the racing character?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA side view highlights the long body line and racing livery, while a front three-quarter angle shows the low nose, wheel stance and rear wing together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease confirm the external dimensions of 63 cm × 43 cm × 33.3 cm and allow additional clearance around the case for assembly, access and lifting the transparent enclosure from the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the main enclosure. The structure primarily uses slot-and-tab connections, with screws and connecting blocks used where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 42096 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 42096 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017779687746,"sku":"PS-DC-42096-STD","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017779720514,"sku":"PS-DC-42096-PREM","price":220.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_shop-kingdombricksupply-com_01.webp?v=1787997511"},{"product_id":"lego-10316-the-lord-of-the-rings-rivendell-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® The Lord of the Rings: Rivendell (10316)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRivendell 10316 spreads its story across architecture, landscape and a large Fellowship cast. The case creates a single frame around those elements so the roofline and trees establish the setting while figures and interior details reward closer viewing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® The Lord of the Rings: Rivendell set 10316. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display case is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly. The acrylic components are primarily joined using slot-and-tab connections, with screws and connecting blocks used where required for additional stability. Some configurations may require only a small number of screws to be tightened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the base when access to the model is required. To reinstall it, carefully lower the enclosure into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the acrylic panels using the corresponding slot-and-tab connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks where required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Rivendell model in the center of the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the transparent enclosure carefully into the locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble the display on a clean, flat and stable surface. Because Rivendell includes projecting roof, tree and weapon elements, keep the completed model away from the assembly area until the enclosure is fully assembled and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case specifically for LEGO® Rivendell 10316?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatibility is tied to LEGO® The Lord of the Rings: Rivendell set 10316. Other Middle-earth builds use different footprints and may not fit this enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version lets Rivendell blend naturally into a larger fantasy collection and preserves an open view around the scene. A printed background creates a stronger rear boundary and can help the tan architecture, foliage and character details stand out more clearly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions. An electronic copy of the instructions can also be sent to the email address you specify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 10316, the completed Rivendell model, minifigures and other LEGO® elements shown in the gallery are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat needs extra care during setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete the case assembly away from the model. Before placing Rivendell inside, check projecting roof sections, trees, weapons and other delicate elements, then move the scene carefully once the enclosure is stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich side should face the main viewing direction?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the angle that keeps the broad architectural facade and main Fellowship group visible together, while retaining a second viewing angle for the bridge, landscape and depth of the scene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow can I keep the display visually clear?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid placing unrelated models inside the enclosure. Leaving open visual space between buildings, trees and characters helps the set remain readable and preserves the original scene composition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this case fit on my shelf?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease confirm that your display area can accommodate the external dimensions of 80 cm × 47 cm × 41.3 cm, with additional space available for assembly and lifting the transparent enclosure from the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 10316 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 10316 and the completed Rivendell model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"style-A","offer_id":56017779851586,"sku":"PS-DC-10316-PREM","price":305.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"style-B","offer_id":67614035706178,"sku":null,"price":323.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"style-C","offer_id":67614035738946,"sku":null,"price":323.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_acricase-com_01.webp?v=1787997285"},{"product_id":"lego-75442-the-mandalorian-n-1-starfighter-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® The Mandalorian N-1 Starfighter (75442)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDisplay your LEGO® Star Wars The Mandalorian N-1 Starfighter set 75442 vertically in a dedicated wall-mounted acrylic case. The tall format follows the starfighter’s long, narrow silhouette, keeping the pointed nose, twin engines and smaller projecting details clearly visible while freeing valuable shelf space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® set 75442. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm \/ 19.7 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 cm \/ 5.9 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 cm \/ 31.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75442 The Mandalorian N-1 Starfighter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical wall-mounted acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eVertical Starfighter Presentation\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 80 cm tall layout is designed to present the N-1 Starfighter vertically, allowing the complete nose-to-tail profile to remain visible within a relatively narrow wall footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear Acrylic Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe transparent enclosure helps protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact while maintaining clear visibility from the front and sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eThemed Back Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display can use a themed printed background to create stronger visual separation behind the silver-toned starfighter and give the model a more self-contained presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Assemble the Empty Display\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete the acrylic enclosure and check all structural connections before installing the LEGO® model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Prepare the Wall Position\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect a wall area with sufficient clearance for the full 50 cm × 15 cm × 80 cm display. Make sure nearby doors, furniture and walkways will not interfere with the projecting case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Secure the Display to the Wall\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse wall fixings appropriate for the wall construction, mounting system and total installed load. Confirm that the empty display is level and stable before adding the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Position the N-1 Starfighter\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport the completed starfighter from stable structural areas while placing it into position. Avoid using the pointed nose, engine sections or other narrow projecting elements as lifting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Final Stability Check\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the model is positioned, confirm that no part of the starfighter is pressing against the acrylic enclosure and recheck the wall mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this display designed for LEGO® set 75442?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display is designed specifically for LEGO® The Mandalorian N-1 Starfighter set 75442. Other N-1 Starfighter models may use different dimensions and mounting arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a tabletop case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This configuration is designed as a vertical wall-mounted acrylic display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow far does the display project from the wall?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe external depth is approximately 15 cm \/ 5.9 in. Check the intended installation area carefully before mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic display structure and required assembly components for the selected configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 75442, the completed N-1 Starfighter, minifigures and other LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing height works best?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the frame so the starfighter’s center section is close to a comfortable viewing height, allowing the full nose-to-tail silhouette to be scanned without looking sharply up or down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much wall space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 50 cm × 80 cm of wall area for the front profile, plus approximately 15 cm of projection from the wall and additional installation clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 75442 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 75442 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Acrylic Wall Mounted Board","offer_id":56017779884354,"sku":"PS-DC-75442-STD","price":169.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Acrylic Wall Mounted Board With Laser Engraved Led Background","offer_id":56017779917122,"sku":"PS-DC-75442-PREM","price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wall Mounted Diaplay Case With Laser Engraved Led Background","offer_id":67643613970754,"sku":null,"price":369.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wall Mounted Dispaly Case With Led Bezel","offer_id":67643614003522,"sku":null,"price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wall Mounted Dispaly Case","offer_id":67643614036290,"sku":null,"price":269.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"All Clear Wall Mounted Dispaly Case","offer_id":67643614069058,"sku":null,"price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/103_11_fb49a671a93c.webp?v=1791037448"},{"product_id":"lego-10295-porsche-911-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Porsche 911 (10295)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an acrylic display case for LEGO® Porsche 911 (10295) with a Printed Background. Confirm set number 10295 before ordering; the Porsche 911 GT3 RS 42056 and RSR 42096 have separate product listings. The LEGO® model is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/porsche-911-display-guide-10295-42056-42096\"\u003ePorsche display guide for 10295, 42056 and 42096\u003c\/a\u003e to identify your build and plan its pose and shelf space. For a wider lineup, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vehicle-display-cases\"\u003evehicle display cases by set number\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm high-clarity transparent acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain structure uses slot-and-tab connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome connection points use screws and connecting blocks for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Instructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the front, rear and side panels with the corresponding slots in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks where required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the LEGO® Porsche 911 10295 model in the center of the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign and install the top panel onto the side panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly. Some configurations may require only a small number of screws to be tightened. Assemble the case on a clean, flat surface and do not force the acrylic panels into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for LEGO® Porsche 911 10295.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis listing currently offers the Printed Background configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLEGO® models, minifigures and decorative accessories are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse a soft microfiber cloth to clean the acrylic surfaces. Avoid abrasive cleaning tools or harsh chemicals, and place the display case on a stable, level surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping \u0026amp; After-Sales Service\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the display case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The main structure uses slot-and-tab connections. Some configurations also use a small number of screws or connecting blocks for additional support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the LEGO® 10295 model included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product includes the display case only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require assembly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The product is supplied as individual parts and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017780638018,"sku":"PS-DC-10295-PREM","price":145.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cubebuff-10295-st-01-hero.webp?v=1790226211"},{"product_id":"lego-42210-2-fast-2-furious-nissan-skyline-gt-r-r34-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® 2 Fast 2 Furious Nissan Skyline GT-R (R34) (42210)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe LEGO® 2 Fast 2 Furious Nissan Skyline GT-R (R34) set 42210 carries a strong movie identity through its boxy profile, racing stance and recognizable color treatment. This dedicated acrylic display case gives the model a clean presentation space so the body shape, side graphics and rear wing remain easy to appreciate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® 2 Fast 2 Furious Nissan Skyline GT-R (R34) set 42210. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display case is supplied as separate components and requires assembly. Use the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the corresponding parts and maintain structural stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the acrylic panels, base and corresponding connection points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the required sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the empty enclosure is stable before placing the model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the completed LEGO® Nissan Skyline carefully and keep the rear wing and side details clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this display designed for LEGO® set 42210?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatibility is specifically for LEGO® 2 Fast 2 Furious Nissan Skyline GT-R (R34) set 42210. Smaller Skyline models or other R34 releases may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well in a broader movie-car or Technic collection. A printed background creates a more defined visual setting and can strengthen the cinematic presentation of the Skyline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 42210, the completed Nissan Skyline model and any decorative accessories shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I check before placing the car inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. Support the model securely when moving it into position and make sure the rear wing, wheels and side details do not contact the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle best presents the Skyline?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter view keeps the nose, side graphics and wheel stance visible together, while a side view highlights the distinctive R34 profile and rear wing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 47 cm × 27 cm × 23.3 cm for the case itself, with additional clearance for assembly, access and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 42210 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 42210 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017780801858,"sku":"PS-DC-42210-STD","price":99.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017780834626,"sku":"PS-DC-42210-PREM","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_jwoodesign-com_01.webp?v=1787997650"},{"product_id":"lego-42208-aston-martin-valkyrie-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Aston Martin Valkyrie (42208)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe LEGO® Aston Martin Valkyrie set 42208 is defined by its extremely low nose, wide stance and flowing body surfaces. This dedicated acrylic display case creates a clean presentation space around the model so the cockpit, front profile and rear bodywork remain clearly visible from multiple angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Aston Martin Valkyrie set 42208. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 cm (L) × 15 cm (W) × 10 cm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34 cm (L) × 17 cm (W) × 11 cm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal display space is sized to provide clearance around the Valkyrie's low bodywork while maintaining a compact overall footprint for shelf, cabinet or tabletop display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I confirm this is the correct Valkyrie case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck LEGO® set number 42208 on your box or building instructions. Other Aston Martin models may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit this enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well as part of a wider supercar collection and keeps the surrounding display environment visible. A printed background creates stronger visual separation behind the Valkyrie's complex body surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 42208 and the completed Aston Martin Valkyrie model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should the model be placed inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. When transferring the Valkyrie into the case, support the model securely from underneath rather than lifting it by thin or projecting bodywork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat display height works best for the Valkyrie?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA middle-height shelf or cabinet usually works well, keeping the low roofline, wide front and side profile visible without forcing the viewer to look only from above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich viewing angles should remain open?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA low front three-quarter view highlights the nose, cockpit and width of the car, while a side or rear three-quarter angle helps show the flowing body transitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 34 cm × 17 cm × 11 cm for the case itself, with additional clearance around it for assembly, cleaning and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 42208 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 42208 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017780867394,"sku":"PS-DC-42208-STD","price":39.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":56017780900162,"sku":"PS-DC-42208-PREM","price":49.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":67614714265922,"sku":null,"price":49.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_bricknest-co-uk_01.webp?v=1787997636"},{"product_id":"lego-10356-star-trek-u-s-s-enterprise-ncc-1701-d-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Star Trek: U.S.S. Enterprise NCC-1701-D (10356)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eU.S.S. Enterprise NCC-1701-D set 10356 is defined by its broad saucer, narrow engineering hull and extended nacelles. This display case gives the ship a clean perimeter so its proportions remain easy to read from a distance while preserving the finer details up close.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Star Trek: U.S.S. Enterprise NCC-1701-D set 10356. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display case is supplied as separate components and requires assembly. Use the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the corresponding parts and keep the enclosure stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the base on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the enclosure panels and align all connection points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the required sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Enterprise model inside only after the enclosure is stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDuring setup, support the model carefully and keep the saucer edge and nacelles away from the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this enclosure specifically for LEGO® set 10356?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatibility is tied to LEGO® Star Trek: U.S.S. Enterprise NCC-1701-D set 10356. Other Enterprise models may use different dimensions and display footprints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well in a broader spacecraft collection and keeps the surrounding room visible. A printed background creates a dedicated visual field behind the ship and can help the wide saucer profile stand out more clearly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions. An electronic copy of the instructions can also be sent to the email address you specify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 10356, the completed Enterprise model, stand and any accessories shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I check during setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble the empty enclosure first and verify that all connections are secure. Make sure the transfer route is clear before positioning the model inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich viewing angle best shows the ship's proportions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA slightly elevated three-quarter view allows the saucer, secondary hull and nacelles to remain visible together. A flat side view may hide the separation between these major forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease confirm the external dimensions of 66 cm × 39 cm × 46.3 cm and allow additional clearance around the case for assembly, positioning and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 10356 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 10356 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017780965698,"sku":"PS-DC-10356-STD","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017780998466,"sku":"PS-DC-10356-PREM","price":169.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/07_shop-kingdombricksupply-com_01_2883134d-1803-4c36-899d-eb238a1c23a6.webp?v=1787997348"},{"product_id":"lego-21330-home-alone-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Home Alone (21330)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHome Alone 21330 is both a recognizable suburban house and a collection of familiar film moments hidden throughout the interior. This acrylic display case gives the building a clean outer boundary while keeping the rooms, characters and architectural details visible from multiple angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Ideas Home Alone set 21330. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display case is supplied as a parts kit and requires assembly. The main acrylic structure uses slot-and-tab connections, with screws and connecting blocks used where required for additional stability. Some configurations may require only a small number of screws to be tightened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe transparent enclosure can be lifted vertically from the base when access to the model is required. To reinstall it, carefully lower the enclosure into the corresponding locating groove in the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the front, rear and side panels with the corresponding slots and connection points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks where required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Home Alone house in the center of the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the transparent enclosure carefully into the locating groove in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface. Position the house in its intended display configuration before placing it inside, and check that roof sections, hinged areas and projecting details remain clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this display designed for the complete LEGO® 21330 house?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatibility is specifically for LEGO® Ideas Home Alone set 21330. Other house models and smaller scene builds may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well within a seasonal or movie-themed collection and keeps the surrounding room visible. A printed background creates a stronger exterior setting and can reduce visual competition behind windows, rooflines and interior openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 21330, the completed Home Alone house, minifigures and accessories shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat requires extra care during setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty case first. Move the completed house only after the enclosure is stable, and check that roof sections, doors, hinged areas and other projecting details clear the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich side should remain easiest to view?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrient the house so the front facade reads clearly from the main viewing direction, while keeping the opening or interior-facing side accessible for closer inspection of the rooms and film scenes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease confirm the external dimensions of 62 cm × 41 cm × 30.3 cm and allow additional clearance around the case for assembly, access and lifting the transparent enclosure from the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the main enclosure. The structure primarily uses slot-and-tab connections, with screws and connecting blocks used where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 21330 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 21330 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017781391682,"sku":"PS-DC-21330-STD","price":174.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017781424450,"sku":"PS-DC-21330-PREM","price":193.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_idisplayit-com_01_c5764eff-4ea7-4145-b056-df231afbccf7.webp?v=1787997460"},{"product_id":"lego-76269-avengers-tower-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Avengers Tower (76269)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Marvel Avengers Tower set 76269 a dedicated freestanding acrylic display case designed around its dramatic vertical scale. The enclosure creates a clean visual boundary around the skyscraper, helping the tower silhouette remain impressive from a distance while keeping the smaller character scenes, windows and action details visible up close.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Avengers Tower set 76269. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 76269 Avengers Tower\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Age:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized specifically for LEGO® set 76269, providing clearance around the tall tower structure, rooftop sections, projecting figures and exterior scene elements while keeping the complete build visually balanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a parts kit and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain components use slot-and-tab connections for positioning and alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome configurations may require a small number of screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied screws and connecting blocks are used to secure the required structural sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe finished structure is designed for stable freestanding tabletop, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the acrylic panels, base, connecting blocks, screws and other supplied components on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Main Structure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels using the corresponding slot-and-tab connection points. Make sure each panel is seated correctly before adding any screws or connecting blocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Secure the Required Sections\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the supplied screws and connecting blocks to fasten the structural sections that require additional support. Tighten only until the components are secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Inspect the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore moving Avengers Tower into position, check that all panels are aligned correctly, all required screws are secure and the case sits flat without movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Position Avengers Tower\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully place the completed LEGO® Avengers Tower inside the display. Keep rooftop structures, antennas, projecting minifigures and other exterior details clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBecause of the 93.3 cm overall height, two-person handling is recommended when moving or positioning the assembled enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty case before placing the LEGO® model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force slot-and-tab connections into position; recheck alignment first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed display on a stable, level surface capable of supporting the full assembled display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow sufficient overhead clearance before positioning the case in its final location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® Avengers Tower set 76269?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Marvel Avengers Tower set 76269. Other Avengers buildings and Marvel tower sets may use different dimensions and should not be assumed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when Avengers Tower is displayed as part of a larger Marvel collection. A printed-background configuration creates stronger visual separation behind the tower and can make the windows, characters and exterior details easier to distinguish from a busy room or shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic display panels, display base, connecting blocks, required screws and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 76269, the completed Avengers Tower, minifigures and other LEGO® scene elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I check before positioning the tower?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the final display location first and make sure there is enough overhead and side clearance for the 51 cm × 32 cm × 93.3 cm case. Assemble the empty enclosure completely before moving the tall model into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 51 cm × 32 cm × 93.3 cm for the display itself, with additional clearance above and around the enclosure for assembly, access and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere should I place such a tall display case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a stable, level tabletop, cabinet or display plinth where the base of the tower remains visible and the top of the enclosure is not crowded by shelving or ceiling fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing height works best?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA slightly lower-than-eye-level base allows the viewer to follow the tower naturally from the lower street-level scenes toward the rooftop while keeping the overall skyscraper silhouette visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow can I keep the many minifigures readable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid overcrowding the display with unrelated extra figures. Leaving visible gaps between major action areas helps the tower facade, windows and individual character scenes remain easier to understand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding acrylic display case intended for tabletop, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 76269 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 76269 and the completed Avengers Tower are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017781457218,"sku":"PS-DC-76269-STD","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017781489986,"sku":"PS-DC-76269-PREM","price":190.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_idisplayit-com_01_07786efe-3aee-429f-9167-72f16801dbe4.webp?v=1787998438"},{"product_id":"lego-43020-fifa-world-cup-official-trophy-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® FIFA World Cup Official Trophy (43020)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® FIFA World Cup Official Trophy set 43020 a dedicated tabletop display with a fully enclosed acrylic case. The clear enclosure creates a clean visual boundary around the trophy, allowing its distinctive vertical silhouette and sculpted details to remain the focal point while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® set 43020. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case designed for tabletop, shelf and display cabinet use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCase Sizing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed around the dimensions of LEGO® set 43020, with approximately 3–5 cm of additional viewing clearance where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInternal Display Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal compartment provides clearance around the trophy so the upper cup form and projecting details remain separated from the acrylic panels while preserving clear viewing from multiple angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm reinforced high-clarity cast acrylic enclosure panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick solid display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack or white base options may be available depending on the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear or printed-background versions may be available depending on the selected option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStructure \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision slot-and-tab assembly structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive required for the main enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision-polished acrylic edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable freestanding design suitable for tabletop, shelf and cabinet display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels before assembly. Check that each panel is clean and transparent before continuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Side Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front, rear, left and right acrylic panels with the corresponding slots in the base. Insert each panel vertically and make sure all locating points are correctly seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Position the Trophy\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® FIFA World Cup Official Trophy in the center of the display base. Adjust its position so the model is balanced visually and has clear space around the upper cup form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Top Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the top panel with the upper locating points of the side panels and lower it evenly into position until the enclosure is securely seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main acrylic panels use a precision slot-and-tab fitting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the standard enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force the panels into position. Recheck the alignment of the tabs and slots first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® set 43020?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® FIFA World Cup Official Trophy set 43020. Other trophy models may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when the trophy is displayed alongside football memorabilia such as scarves, programs or collectible items. A printed background creates a more self-contained presentation and gives the trophy stronger separation from a visually busy room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connection components and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 43020 and the completed FIFA World Cup trophy model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should the trophy be placed inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. When transferring the completed model, support it securely from underneath and avoid lifting it by projecting upper sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere should I place the display case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the case on a stable, level tabletop, shelf or inside a display cabinet. A position near normal eye level works well for appreciating the trophy's front profile and three-dimensional shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much surrounding decoration works best?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the surrounding area relatively uncluttered so the trophy remains the main focal point. A small number of related football collectibles can add context without overwhelming the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The enclosure uses a precision slot-and-tab structure and does not require permanent adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding tabletop acrylic display case and is not designed for wall mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 43020 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 43020 and the completed trophy model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Style-A","offer_id":56017781686594,"sku":"PS-DC-43020-STD","price":168.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Style-B","offer_id":56017781719362,"sku":"PS-DC-43020-PREM","price":168.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/6064211060768.webp?v=1790952159"},{"product_id":"lego-75639-the-going-merry-pirate-ship-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® The Going Merry Pirate Ship (75639)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSet sail with your LEGO® ONE PIECE Going Merry Pirate Ship set 75639 in a dedicated acrylic display case designed around the ship’s compact hull, distinctive figurehead, mast, sails and character-filled deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure creates a clean visual boundary around the complete scene while helping protect the model from dust and everyday contact. Choose from a crystal-clear case, a printed-background version, or a Premium Print configuration with themed artwork and a printed display base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® set 75639. The LEGO® set, completed ship, minifigures and accessories are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose Your Display Configuration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fully transparent enclosure keeps the Going Merry visually connected to a larger ONE PIECE or LEGO® collection and allows the model to be viewed against your existing shelf or room background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003ePrinted Background\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe printed version adds themed artwork behind the ship, creating stronger visual separation around the sails, mast and figurehead while giving the model a more self-contained scene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003ePremium Print\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Premium Print configuration combines a themed printed background with a coordinated printed base for a more immersive collector-style presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check the selected product option and corresponding gallery image before ordering. Printed artwork is supplied only with the applicable printed configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75639 Going Merry Pirate Ship\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding tabletop acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosure Panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm crystal-clear acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mm matte black acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInformation Plaque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm clear acrylic with engraved build details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw-and-connector construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDedicated Fit for LEGO® 75639\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed specifically around the Going Merry Pirate Ship set 75639 so the hull, mast, sails, figurehead and character elements can be presented together as one complete scene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear Acrylic Protection\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3 mm clear acrylic panels help reduce dust exposure and protect projecting details from routine contact while preserving visibility from multiple viewing angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eUV-Printed Background Options\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelected configurations include themed artwork printed directly onto the display panel to create a more immersive adventure setting behind the ship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-printed refers to the artwork printing method and does not indicate a UV-protective coating.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMatte Black Acrylic Base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5 mm matte black acrylic base provides a stable visual foundation for the model while keeping attention on the ship and its detailed upper silhouette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eEngraved Information Plaque\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3 mm clear acrylic information plaque is included and displays key build information such as the LEGO® set number and piece count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the acrylic panels, base, connector cubes, screws and information plaque on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Remove Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from the applicable acrylic surfaces before final assembly. Avoid using sharp metal tools that could scratch the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Assemble the Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels with the corresponding connection points and use the supplied screws and connector cubes to secure the enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Check the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore moving the Going Merry into position, confirm that the acrylic panels are correctly aligned, all required fasteners are secure and the base sits flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Position the Going Merry\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully place the completed LEGO® Going Merry Pirate Ship onto the display base. Keep the figurehead, mast, sails, flags and other projecting elements clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e6. Install the Information Plaque\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the engraved information plaque in its intended location so it remains readable without obstructing the main view of the ship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connector cubes to secure the required sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the empty case before placing the LEGO® model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the completed display on a stable, level horizontal surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic enclosure panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 mm matte black acrylic base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm engraved acrylic information plaque\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired screws and connector components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinted artwork for the corresponding printed configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 75639, the completed Going Merry Pirate Ship, minifigures and other LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this display designed for LEGO® set 75639?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® ONE PIECE Going Merry Pirate Ship set 75639. Other pirate ships or ONE PIECE models may use different dimensions and should not be assumed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between Clear, Printed and Premium Print?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClear uses a transparent enclosure without themed artwork. Printed Background adds a decorative rear scene, while Premium Print combines themed background artwork with a coordinated printed base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the information plaque included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A clear 3 mm acrylic plaque engraved with build information is included with the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as separate components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding tabletop acrylic display case intended for shelves, cabinets, desks or display plinths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich viewing angle works best for the Going Merry?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter view keeps the figurehead, hull and main side profile visible together while still revealing the deck, mast and character arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should remain clear around the upper part of the ship?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep sufficient space around the mast, sails and flags so these projecting elements do not contact the enclosure and remain visually distinct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 75639 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 75639 and the completed Going Merry Pirate Ship are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017781752130,"sku":"PS-DC-75639-STD","price":91.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017781784898,"sku":"PS-DC-75639-PREM","price":102.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_brickcessories-com_01_607e8ed3-d044-4eb4-996c-d0ab42c6063c.webp?v=1787998366"},{"product_id":"lego-77093-the-legend-of-zelda-final-battle-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® The Legend of Zelda Final Battle (77093)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDisplay your LEGO® The Legend of Zelda Final Battle set 77093 as one complete battle scene in a dedicated acrylic display case. The enclosure creates a clear visual boundary around the characters, enemy forms and environmental elements while helping protect smaller details from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® set 77093. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 77093 The Legend of Zelda Final Battle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDedicated Fit for Set 77093\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized specifically for LEGO® The Legend of Zelda Final Battle set 77093, keeping the central confrontation, characters and surrounding scene elements visually connected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCompact Scene Presentation\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 32 × 20 × 20.3 cm external format provides a compact footprint for displaying the complete battle scene on a shelf, desk, cabinet or display plinth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or Printed Background\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clear configuration works well when the model is displayed as part of a larger gaming or LEGO® collection. A printed-background option creates a more defined setting behind the battle and can reduce visual interference from objects behind the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly \u0026amp; Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the acrylic panels, display base, connectors and supplied assembly components on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly instructions to connect the acrylic panels and base. Complete the enclosure before placing the LEGO® scene inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Inspect the Structure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck that the panels are correctly aligned, the connections are secure and the case sits evenly on the display surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Prepare the Final Battle Scene\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore transferring the model, make sure loose weapons, characters and smaller scene elements are secure and positioned as intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Position the Model\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully place the completed LEGO® scene inside the enclosure, keeping characters, weapons and projecting environmental details clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty display case before placing the LEGO® model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force acrylic panels or connectors into position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep loose accessories stable before moving the completed scene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the finished display on a stable, level surface away from shelf edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® set 77093?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® The Legend of Zelda Final Battle set 77093. Other Zelda models and display scenes may use different dimensions and should not be assumed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic display panels, display base, connectors and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 77093, completed characters, enemy figures, weapons and other LEGO® scene elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 32 cm × 20 cm × 20.3 cm for the case itself, with additional clearance around the enclosure for assembly, access and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should I arrange the battle scene?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the main opposing characters and central action readable first, then use the environmental details to support the scene without blocking the key figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"cb-content-module\" aria-labelledby=\"cb-n03-scene-passes\"\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"cb-n03-scene-passes\"\u003eCheck the Final Battle scene in three passes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore final placement, check the scene from the height at which it will normally be viewed. Work from the main confrontation toward the smaller accessories, rather than moving every piece at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"cb-content-table\" style=\"max-width:100%;overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ccaption\u003eA viewing check for set 77093\u003c\/caption\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDecision\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain action\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan you identify the opposing characters immediately, or does a foreground element hide a face or pose?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eScene outline\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan you follow the environmental shapes without losing the characters among them?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSmall details\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAre loose weapons and accessories visible, stable and clear of the case panels?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake any arrangement change within the model's intended connections and the case's documented space. A visually clearer pose is not automatically a supported or compatible pose. Check the route into the enclosure before lifting the scene, and use the supplied instructions for access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/lego-star-wars-small-scenes-display-guide\"\u003esmall-scene display guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains the same foreground-and-background decision for other builds. Its examples do not establish dimensions or compatibility for set 77093.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should be the main focal point?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe central confrontation should remain immediately readable. Keep the key characters visually separated enough to define the battle before focusing on smaller accessories and environmental details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow can I preserve the scene after setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the composition is settled, avoid unnecessary repositioning of small elements. Keeping the case on a stable surface helps reduce accidental disturbance to figures, weapons and other loose details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as separate components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding acrylic display case intended for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or display plinth use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 77093 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 77093 and the completed Final Battle scene are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017781850434,"sku":"PS-DC-77093-STD","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017781883202,"sku":"PS-DC-77093-PREM","price":85.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_idisplayit-com_01_0fad4cc0-ba0d-47e7-8828-7849a591fa9a.webp?v=1787998491"},{"product_id":"lego-11374-arcade-pinball-machine-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Arcade Pinball Machine (11374)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® Icons Arcade Pinball Machine 11374 combines a tall backbox with a lower playfield, so the model reads best from the front and slightly above. This acrylic display case keeps the bright arcade graphics and cabinet silhouette clearly separated from surrounding shelf clutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe magnetic front panel can be removed when you want access to the model, then returned to position afterwards. A neon-style printed backdrop and arcade-inspired floor pattern create a dedicated retro gaming setting around the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Arcade Pinball Machine set 11374. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29.3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm crystal-clear acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mm black gloss acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm UV-printed clear acrylic with arcade carpet design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackdrop:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV-printed 3 mm acrylic panel with retro arcade artwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screws and connector cubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaque:\u003c\/strong\u003e Etched acrylic with set number and piece count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMagnetic Front Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe front acrylic panel uses a magnetic closure, allowing easier access to the model without dismantling the complete enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eFully Enclosed Display\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe acrylic enclosure surrounds the model to help protect it from dust, accidental contact and everyday shelf exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eNeon Arcade Backdrop\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UV-printed backdrop features planets, rockets, stars and a glowing arcade-style “PLAY” design to complement the colorful graphics of the pinball machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eArcade-Inspired Floor\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe printed floor uses a patterned design inspired by classic arcade carpets, extending the retro gaming theme throughout the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInformation Plaque\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn etched acrylic plaque identifies the LEGO® set number and piece count for a more complete presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the base on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the acrylic panels and connector points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied screws and connector cubes to secure the enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the structure is stable before placing LEGO® set 11374 inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the magnetic front panel after the model has been positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSupport the pinball machine from its stable lower structure when moving it into the case, and keep the taller backbox clear of the acrylic panels during placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this enclosure made for LEGO® set 11374?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display is designed specifically for LEGO® Arcade Pinball Machine set 11374. Other arcade or gaming models may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, printed floor panel, backdrop, connectors, magnetic front panel, information plaque and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 11374 and the completed Arcade Pinball Machine model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the front panel be removed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The magnetic front panel can be lifted away when access to the model is required and returned to position afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat display height gives the best view of the playfield?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mid-level shelf or cabinet usually works best, allowing the tall backbox to remain visible while still providing a slight view down onto the playfield.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease confirm the external dimensions of 35 cm × 44 cm × 29.3 cm and allow additional clearance at the front for removing the magnetic panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 11374 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 11374 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017781915970,"sku":"PS-DC-11374-STD","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017781948738,"sku":"PS-DC-11374-PREM","price":130.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_idisplayit-com_01_3172a749-2481-4e65-abd7-fc4133cf3896.webp?v=1787997400"},{"product_id":"lego-11382-hubble-space-telescope-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Hubble Space Telescope (11382)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHubble Space Telescope 11382 features a compact central body extended by broad solar arrays and optical details. This display case creates protected space around those projecting elements so the observatory remains clearly visible from multiple viewing angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Hubble Space Telescope set 11382. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41 cm (L) × 34 cm (W) × 37 cm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Display Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39 cm (L) × 32 cm (W) × 36 cm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal space provides clearance around the telescope body and solar arrays, helping prevent the model from contacting the acrylic panels during normal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat-packed acrylic display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 assembly accessories \/ screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 11382, the completed Hubble model, display stand and any accessories shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the case panels and corresponding connection points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied accessories and screws to secure the required sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the empty enclosure is fully assembled and stable before placing the model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSupport the Hubble model from stable structural points when placing it inside the case. Do not lift or carry the model by the solar arrays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e This display case is not designed to be moved or transported while the LEGO® model is inside. Remove the model before relocating the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this case fit LEGO® set 11382?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Hubble Space Telescope set 11382. Other spacecraft or telescope models may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version provides a clean, museum-style presentation and allows the telescope to be viewed from multiple sides. A printed background creates stronger visual separation behind the solar arrays and telescope body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat deserves extra care during setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty case first. When transferring the model, support it from stable areas and make sure the solar arrays and other projecting elements clear the enclosure panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"cb-content-module\" aria-labelledby=\"cb-n05-hubble-envelope\"\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"cb-n05-hubble-envelope\"\u003eCheck the telescope, its support and the transfer route together\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake the fit check with the complete 11382 model in its intended display position, including the support you will use. The display stand is not included with this case, so the case footprint cannot tell you which separate support will fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecord the widest span across the model's projecting elements in the intended pose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecord the full height and depth with the intended support in place. Compare these with the internal display space, keeping the measurement units consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the case's external dimensions against the shelf or cabinet, then check the opening and model-transfer route as separate tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the solar arrays clear during transfer and follow the model's handling instructions. Remove the telescope before relocating the case; the enclosure is not a transport carrier for the assembled model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/measure-shelf-for-lego-display-case\"\u003ethe display-space worksheet\u003c\/a\u003e for the furniture check. If you also own \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/lego-space-shuttle-discovery-10283-display-guide\"\u003eSpace Shuttle Discovery 10283\u003c\/a\u003e, keep that set and its telescope component separate in your notes: a shared subject name does not establish display compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich viewing angle best shows the Hubble model?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter or slightly elevated angle works well because it keeps the telescope body and both solar arrays visible together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 41 cm × 34 cm × 37 cm for the case itself, plus additional clearance for assembly and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I move the case with the model inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Remove the LEGO® model before moving or transporting the display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 11382 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 11382 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017782047042,"sku":"PS-DC-11382-STD","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017782079810,"sku":"PS-DC-11382-PREM","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_idisplayit-com_01_12e65f86-de1f-4d90-82ed-775eab804fc8.webp?v=1787997433"},{"product_id":"lego-43015-lionel-messi-soccer-legend-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Lionel Messi Soccer Legend (43015)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Lionel Messi Soccer Legend set 43015 a dedicated tabletop display with a fully enclosed acrylic case. The clear enclosure creates a clean presentation area around the figure, keeping the pose, kit details and football-themed elements visible while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® set 43015. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case designed for tabletop, shelf and display cabinet use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCase Sizing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed around the dimensions of LEGO® set 43015, with approximately 3–5 cm of additional viewing clearance where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInternal Display Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal compartment provides clearance around the figure so projecting elements remain separated from the acrylic panels while preserving comfortable viewing from the front and sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm reinforced high-clarity cast acrylic enclosure panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick solid display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack or white base options may be available depending on the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear or printed-background versions may be available depending on the selected option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStructure \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision slot-and-tab assembly structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive required for the main enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision-polished acrylic edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-clarity acrylic designed to maintain a clean view of the model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable freestanding structure suitable for tabletop, shelf and cabinet display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels before assembly. Check that each panel is clean and transparent before continuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Side Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front, rear, left and right acrylic panels with the corresponding slots in the base. Insert each panel vertically and make sure all locating points are correctly seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Position the Model\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Lionel Messi figure in the center of the display base and adjust it to the preferred viewing angle. Make sure projecting elements remain clear of the surrounding panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Top Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the top panel with the upper locating points of the side panels and lower it evenly into position until the enclosure is securely seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main acrylic panels use a precision slot-and-tab fitting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the standard enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force the panels into position. Recheck the alignment of the tabs and slots first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® set 43015?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Lionel Messi Soccer Legend set 43015. Other football figures may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when the figure is displayed alongside football shirts, scarves or other memorabilia. A printed background creates a more self-contained presentation and gives the model stronger visual separation from the surrounding room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connection components and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 43015 and the completed Lionel Messi model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I check during setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. When moving the completed figure into the case, support it from stable structural areas and make sure the pose and any projecting elements do not contact the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere should I place the display case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the case on a stable, level tabletop, shelf or inside a display cabinet. A position near normal eye level works well for viewing the face, pose, kit details and football-related elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow can I display it with another football figure?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a similar shelf height and spacing while keeping enough separation between the cases so each figure retains its own visual presence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The enclosure uses a precision slot-and-tab structure and does not require permanent adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding tabletop acrylic display case and is not designed for wall mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 43015 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 43015 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Messi","offer_id":56017782243650,"sku":"PS-DC-43015-STD","price":124.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cristiano Ronaldo","offer_id":56017782276418,"sku":"PS-DC-43015-PREM","price":124.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/001_5cbb9504-42d0-4dd9-9e0b-b074d93492b4.webp?v=1790950904"},{"product_id":"lego-43016-cristiano-ronaldo-soccer-legend-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Cristiano Ronaldo Soccer Legend (43016)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Cristiano Ronaldo Soccer Legend set 43016 a dedicated tabletop display with a fully enclosed acrylic case. The clear enclosure creates a clean presentation around the figure, keeping the stance, gesture and kit details easy to appreciate while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® set 43016. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case designed for tabletop, shelf and display cabinet use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCase Sizing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed around the dimensions of LEGO® set 43016, with approximately 3–5 cm of additional viewing clearance where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInternal Display Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal compartment provides clearance around the figure so the pose and projecting elements remain separated from the acrylic panels while preserving clear viewing from the front and sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm reinforced high-clarity cast acrylic enclosure panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick solid display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack or white base options may be available depending on the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear or printed-background versions may be available depending on the selected option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStructure \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision slot-and-tab assembly structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive required for the main enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision-polished acrylic edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable freestanding design suitable for tabletop, shelf and cabinet display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels before assembly. Check that each panel is clean and transparent before continuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Side Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front, rear, left and right acrylic panels with the corresponding slots in the base. Insert each panel vertically and make sure all locating points are correctly seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Position the Model\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Cristiano Ronaldo figure in the center of the display base and adjust it to the preferred viewing angle. Make sure projecting elements remain clear of the surrounding panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Top Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the top panel with the upper locating points of the side panels and lower it evenly into position until the enclosure is securely seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main acrylic panels use a precision slot-and-tab fitting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the standard enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force the panels into position. Recheck the alignment of the tabs and slots first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® set 43016?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Cristiano Ronaldo Soccer Legend set 43016. Other football figures may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when the figure is displayed alongside football shirts, medals or other memorabilia. A printed background creates a more self-contained presentation and gives the Ronaldo model stronger visual separation from the surrounding room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connection components and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 43016 and the completed Cristiano Ronaldo model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should the figure be placed inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. When moving the completed figure into the case, support it from stable structural areas and make sure the pose remains centered without contacting the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere should I place the display case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mid-level shelf, tabletop or cabinet position works well, keeping the figure near the viewer's natural sightline. Leave some open space above and beside the case so the silhouette remains visually distinct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan this be displayed together with LEGO® Messi set 43015?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. For a balanced two-player display, use similar case alignment and consistent spacing while allowing each figure enough visual separation to stand on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The enclosure uses a precision slot-and-tab structure and does not require permanent adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding tabletop acrylic display case and is not designed for wall mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 43016 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 43016 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Cristiano Ronaldo","offer_id":56017782309186,"sku":"PS-DC-43016-STD","price":124.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Messi","offer_id":56017782341954,"sku":"PS-DC-43016-PREM","price":124.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/001_742072a5-3f42-417a-88b1-8319f9e5ea31.webp?v=1790951355"},{"product_id":"lego-43022-scuderia-ferrari-lewis-hamilton-helmet-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Scuderia Ferrari Lewis Hamilton Helmet (43022)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Scuderia Ferrari Lewis Hamilton Helmet set 43022 a dedicated tabletop display with a fully enclosed acrylic case. The transparent enclosure creates a clean presentation around the helmet, keeping the visor, crown and livery graphics clearly visible while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® set 43022. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Case Type\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed freestanding acrylic dust-protection display case designed for tabletop, shelf and display cabinet use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCase Sizing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the finished external dimensions and usable internal space for this product before planning a shelf or cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eInternal Display Space\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal compartment provides clearance around the helmet so the visor, crown and side details remain separated from the acrylic panels while preserving comfortable viewing from multiple angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear or printed-background versions may be available depending on the selected option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStructure \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision slot-and-tab assembly structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive required for the main enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision-polished acrylic edges for a clean finished appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable freestanding construction for tabletop, shelf and cabinet display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the protective film from both sides of all acrylic panels before assembly. Check that each panel is clean and transparent before continuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Side Panels\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front, rear, left and right acrylic panels with the corresponding slots in the base. Insert each panel vertically and make sure all locating points are correctly seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Position the Helmet\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Scuderia Ferrari Lewis Hamilton Helmet in the center of the display base and adjust it to the preferred viewing angle. Keep the visor and projecting side details clear of the surrounding panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Top Panel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the top panel with the upper locating points of the side panels and lower it evenly into position until the enclosure is securely seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main acrylic panels use a precision slot-and-tab fitting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent adhesive is required for the standard enclosure structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force the panels into position. Recheck the alignment of the tabs and slots first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for LEGO® set 43022?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This display case is designed specifically for LEGO® Scuderia Ferrari Lewis Hamilton Helmet set 43022. Other Formula 1 helmet models may use different dimensions and are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or printed background: which should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well when the helmet is displayed alongside Formula 1 cars, photographs or motorsport memorabilia. A printed background creates a more self-contained presentation and provides stronger visual separation behind the helmet and its graphics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic enclosure panels, display base, required connection components and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 43022 and the completed Lewis Hamilton helmet model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should the helmet be placed inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty enclosure first. When transferring the completed model, support it from stable lower sections and avoid lifting or pressing on the visor and other projecting details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor viewing angles, neighbouring race cars and the background tradeoff, read the \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/lego-lewis-hamilton-helmet-43022-display-guide\"\u003eLewis Hamilton Helmet 43022 display guide\u003c\/a\u003e. Use our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/lego-f1-helmet-display-guide\"\u003eF1 helmet display guide\u003c\/a\u003e to plan a mixed driver collection, then match each product to its exact set number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle works best for the helmet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter angle keeps the visor line, crown and side graphics visible together while preserving the helmet's three-dimensional form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere should I place the display case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the case on a stable, level tabletop, shelf or inside a display cabinet. A position close to normal eye level works well for viewing the visor and livery details without looking sharply down from above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case require glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The enclosure uses a precision slot-and-tab structure and does not require permanent adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding tabletop acrylic display case and is not designed for wall mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 43022 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the display product only. LEGO® set 43022 and the completed helmet model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017782473026,"sku":"PS-DC-43022-STD","price":103.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017782505794,"sku":"PS-DC-43022-PREM","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/05_idisplayit-com_05_5ca14fc1-68fc-40ba-8a25-7d17361e56f6.webp?v=1787997769"},{"product_id":"lego-72168-rayquaza-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Rayquaza (72168)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA display worthy of the Sky Pillar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Pokémon™ Rayquaza set 72168 a dedicated tabletop display built around its long, coiling silhouette. The clear acrylic enclosure frames Rayquaza above a dramatic sky-and-cloud backdrop while helping protect projecting sections of the model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTwo display configurations are available in this listing: \u003cstrong\u003eStandard Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e with a mirror base, and \u003cstrong\u003eCollector Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e with a raised illuminated base and multiple lighting zones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® set 72168. The LEGO® set and completed Rayquaza model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72168 Pokémon™ Rayquaza\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31.5 × 31.5 × 43 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.40 × 12.40 × 16.93 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcrylic Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding tabletop display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackdrop:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV-printed Sky Pillar-inspired sky and cloud artwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic front door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw-joined acrylic panels and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Assembly Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 30 minutes for one person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose Your Edition\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStandard Edition\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV-printed sky-and-cloud backdrop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic front access door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReflective mirror base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for a clean, non-illuminated tabletop presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCollector Edition\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV-printed sky-and-cloud backdrop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic front access door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised display base with integrated lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIlluminated front RAYQUAZA lettering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIlluminated front-left laser-engraved nameplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIlluminated large laser-engraved display plate in front of the backdrop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree dedicated lighting zones integrated into the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB powered with USB cable included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMagnetic Front Door\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe front acrylic panel uses magnetic retention for convenient access to the display. This allows the model to be adjusted or cleaned without disassembling the entire enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCustom UV-Printed Backdrop\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear panel features a dramatic sky-and-cloud scene designed to complement Rayquaza's elevated pose. Character data-inspired graphics are integrated into the artwork for a more complete themed presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-printed refers to the artwork printing method and does not indicate a UV-protective coating.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMirror Base – Standard Edition\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Standard Edition uses a reflective mirror-style base that adds visual depth beneath the model and helps reveal details that may otherwise be difficult to see from a single viewing angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIlluminated Raised Base – Collector Edition\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Collector Edition replaces the mirror base with a raised illuminated platform. Multiple lighting zones are integrated into the base to highlight the front lettering, engraved nameplate and larger display plate while keeping the wiring visually contained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eUSB-Powered Lighting\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Collector Edition lighting system operates through a USB connection. A USB cable is included with the illuminated configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Identify the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent acrylic panels have protective film on both sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV-printed panels have protective film on one side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-engraved panels are supplied without protective film and are packaged separately for protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Remove the Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully remove the protective film from the applicable acrylic surfaces before final assembly. Avoid sharp metal tools that could scratch the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Assemble the Acrylic Enclosure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels according to the supplied instructions and secure the required sections using the included screws and connecting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Backdrop and Base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the UV-printed backdrop into its designated position. Install either the mirror base for the Standard Edition or the raised illuminated base for the Collector Edition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Position Rayquaza\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the completed LEGO® Rayquaza model carefully inside the enclosure. Support the model from stable structural points and make sure the head, tail and other projecting sections remain clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e6. Close the Magnetic Front Door\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the front panel with the magnetic retention points and check that it closes evenly without contacting the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e7. Connect the Lighting\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Collector Edition, connect the supplied USB cable after the display is fully assembled and positioned on a stable surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximate assembly time is 30 minutes for one person.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the case on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the empty enclosure before placing the LEGO® model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eStandard Edition\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × UV-printed backdrop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × mirror-style display base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connecting components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCollector Edition\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × UV-printed backdrop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × raised illuminated display base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated display lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connecting components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 72168, the completed Rayquaza model and other LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this display designed for LEGO® set 72168?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This enclosure is designed specifically for LEGO® Pokémon™ Rayquaza set 72168. Other Pokémon models or Rayquaza collectibles may use very different dimensions and should not be assumed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the main difference between Standard and Collector Editions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Standard Edition uses a mirror base without integrated lighting. The Collector Edition uses a raised base with three illuminated display zones and USB-powered lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the model be accessed without taking the case apart?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The magnetic front door provides convenient access for repositioning or cleaning the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes UV-printed mean UV protected?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. UV printing describes the printing process used for the backdrop artwork. It does not mean the acrylic or printed panel provides UV protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding tabletop acrylic display case designed for shelves, cabinets, desks and other stable horizontal surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; Placement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove all applicable protective film before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the acrylic with a soft, dry or suitable microfiber cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive cleaners and rough materials that may scratch the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the display away from direct sunlight where possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the case on a stable, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 31.5 × 31.5 × 43 cm for the display itself, with additional clearance at the front for opening the magnetic door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich viewing angle works best for Rayquaza?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter view allows the eye to follow the model from the head through the curved body while preserving the depth of the pose. Leave some side access so the model does not read as a flat silhouette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Collector Edition require a separate lighting kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The lighting components are integrated into the Collector Edition base. A USB cable is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 72168 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 72168 and the completed model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56017782538562,"sku":"PS-DC-72168-STD","price":113.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LED","offer_id":56017782571330,"sku":"PS-DC-72168-PREM","price":120.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/044_02_e220ad52cffa.webp?v=1791032034"},{"product_id":"lego-72423-shrek-donkey-puss-in-boots-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Shrek Donkey Puss in Boots (72423)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring Shrek, Donkey and Puss in Boots together in one dedicated display for LEGO® set 72423. This premium acrylic case creates a shared stage for all three characters, preserving their different heights, poses and expressions while helping protect the completed models from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe display combines clear acrylic, magical-themed UV-printed artwork, integrated USB-powered LED lighting and a laser-engraved front insert panel for a more complete collector presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® Shrek, Donkey \u0026amp; Puss in Boots set 72423. The LEGO® set and completed character models are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72423 Shrek, Donkey \u0026amp; Puss in Boots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.5 × 21.5 × 32 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5 × 8.5 × 12.6 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcrylic Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding tabletop display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e USB-powered LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not supported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV-printed magical-theme design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Detail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-engraved insert panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePremium Display Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eThree-Character Presentation\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is designed around the complete LEGO® 72423 character group, allowing Shrek, Donkey and Puss in Boots to remain visually connected while maintaining enough separation for each figure's silhouette and details to remain easy to see.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eUV-Printed Magical Theme\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display incorporates themed UV-printed artwork to create a more immersive background around the characters and give the collection a stronger storybook-style presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-printed refers to the artwork printing process and does not indicate a UV-protective coating.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eLaser-Engraved Front Insert\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA laser-engraved front insert panel adds a dedicated finishing detail to the display and helps distinguish the case from a standard clear acrylic enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eUSB-Powered LED Lighting\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated LED lighting enhances the character scene and provides a stronger display effect in lower ambient light. The system is powered through USB and does not support battery operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnpack the acrylic panels, display base, assembly hardware and lighting components on a clean, flat and stable surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Remove Protective Film\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove any protective film from the applicable acrylic panels before final assembly. Avoid using sharp metal tools that could scratch the surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Assemble the Display Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels according to the supplied instructions and secure the required sections using the included assembly hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Install the Themed Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the UV-printed decorative components and laser-engraved front insert panel into their designated positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e5. Position the Characters\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace Shrek as the main visual anchor, then arrange Donkey and Puss in Boots so each character remains clearly visible. Keep projecting elements such as ears, hats and accessories clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e6. Connect the Lighting\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the case is fully assembled and positioned on a stable surface, connect the supplied USB cable to power the LED lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe display case is supplied as individual components and requires assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied hardware and instructions during assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws or hardware against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the enclosure before moving the completed LEGO® models into position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the finished display on a stable, level horizontal surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV-printed themed display components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-engraved front insert panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated USB-powered LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 72423, Shrek, Donkey, Puss in Boots and other LEGO® elements shown in product images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this case designed for all three characters in LEGO® set 72423?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The display is designed specifically around LEGO® Shrek, Donkey \u0026amp; Puss in Boots set 72423 and its three-character composition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the lighting use batteries?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The integrated LED lighting is USB powered and does not support battery operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs a USB cable included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A USB cable is included with the display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a freestanding tabletop acrylic display case designed for shelves, cabinets, desks and other stable horizontal surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow should the characters be arranged?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse Shrek as the primary visual anchor, then position Donkey and Puss in Boots with slight depth between them rather than placing all three on one flat line. This helps preserve the group interaction while keeping each character clearly visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; Placement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean acrylic surfaces with a soft, dry or suitable microfiber cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive cleaners or rough materials that may scratch the acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the display away from direct sunlight where possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the case on a stable, level tabletop, shelf or cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave enough surrounding space for access, cleaning and cable routing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"cb-content-module\" aria-labelledby=\"cb-n08-three-outlines\"\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"cb-n08-three-outlines\"\u003eGive each of the three characters a readable outline\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the Shrek group character by character after choosing the main viewing position. A balanced overall scene can still hide Donkey's face or merge Puss in Boots' hat into another figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"cb-content-table\" style=\"max-width:100%;overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ccaption\u003eThree-character viewing check for set 72423\u003c\/caption\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCharacter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKeep readable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShrek\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe face and larger body outline that anchor the group.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDonkey\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe face and ears, without another character cutting across them from the viewing position.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePuss in Boots\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe smaller face, hat and accessories, with a distinct outline against the background.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecheck from a seated and a standing position if both are part of your room routine. Change only arrangements permitted by the model and display instructions; moving a figure farther back is not useful if it creates panel contact or blocks access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJudge the light with your normal room lighting as well as with the display switched on. The \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/clear-vs-printed-background-lego-display-case\"\u003ebackground comparison guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to keep the camera and room conditions consistent when recording a layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 21.5 × 21.5 × 32 cm for the display itself, with additional space for access, cleaning and the USB power cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat viewing angle works best?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter view allows all three characters to remain recognizable while preserving depth between them. Position the case close to normal eye level so facial expressions and smaller accessories remain easy to see.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the display arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as separate components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 72423 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 72423 and the completed character models are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017782800706,"sku":"PS-DC-72423-PREM","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/045_01_996d54594636.webp?v=1791032432"},{"product_id":"lego-77255-lightning-mcqueen-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Lightning McQueen (77255)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"7\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail ps-product-detail--overview\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eProduct description\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightning McQueen 77255 is small in scale but instantly recognizable through its red body, eyes and racing graphics. The case gives the character car enough visual space to feel like a collectible rather than a loose vehicle left between larger builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is made for LEGO® set 77255. Use the set number as the primary compatibility check before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eImportant notes before you buy\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this case matched to set 77255?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use LEGO® set number 77255 as the compatibility check. Other Lightning McQueen models and scales should not be assumed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich background fits a Cars collection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClear keeps neighboring characters and vehicles visible and supports a larger racing lineup. Printed Background makes Lightning McQueen a standalone scene and helps a small model hold attention on a busy shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat case parts are supplied for Lightning McQueen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display product contains acrylic panels, a base, connectors and printed assembly instructions. An electronic copy can also be sent to the email address you specify. LEGO® set 77255 and the Lightning McQueen model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should be done before final placement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty case, confirm the chosen viewing angle, then support the car from underneath when moving it into the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eReturn policy\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eEstimated delivery\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"ps-product-detail\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-detail__body\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"cb-content-module\" aria-labelledby=\"cb-n09-character-and-car\"\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"cb-n09-character-and-car\"\u003eCheck the expression and the racing graphics separately\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart from the front three-quarter view described below, then make two short checks: one for Lightning McQueen as a character and one for the car's racing details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharacter:\u003c\/strong\u003e can you see the eyes and front expression without the shelf edge or a nearby model cutting across them?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCar:\u003c\/strong\u003e can you read the side graphics and overall stance without turning the display into a side-only view?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf both checks work close up, repeat them from the place you normally sit or enter the room. A small character car can lose its visual place when a much larger model sits directly beside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, confirm the complete case dimensions and opening method for the selected option. The LEGO model's small size does not establish the enclosure footprint. Use \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/choose-lego-speed-champions-display-case\"\u003ethe Speed Champions case guide\u003c\/a\u003e for a growing lineup, or \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/small-lego-set-display-ideas\"\u003esmall-set display ideas\u003c\/a\u003e for one feature model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat angle keeps both car and character visible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a front three-quarter view so the eyes, smile area, side graphics and racing stance can be understood together. A straight side view may lose much of the character expression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much space does a compact case need visually?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not pack larger vehicles directly against it. A modest open margin around the enclosure allows the smaller subject to remain readable and prevents scale differences from overwhelming it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct scope and trademark note for set 77255\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis purchase is for the display product only; LEGO® set 77255 and the completed model are not included. LEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017782833474,"sku":"PS-DC-77255-STD","price":54.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017782866242,"sku":"PS-DC-77255-PREM","price":57.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_brickcessories-com_01_ef83b209-c34a-4a71-9264-02db1a499326.webp?v=1787998509"},{"product_id":"lego-77256-time-machine-back-to-the-future-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO® Time Machine Back to the Future (77256)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ps-product-content\" data-content-version=\"8\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your LEGO® Back to the Future Time Machine set 77256 a dedicated compact acrylic display case. The enclosure creates a clean visual boundary around the car’s angular profile and time-machine details while helping protect the completed model from dust and everyday contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis display product is designed specifically for LEGO® set 77256. Please use the set number as the primary compatibility reference before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.8 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible LEGO® Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 77256 Time Machine Back to the Future\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact freestanding acrylic display case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDedicated Fit for Set 77256\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure is sized specifically for LEGO® set 77256, providing a compact display footprint while keeping the car body, wheels and projecting time-machine details clearly visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eClear or Printed Background\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear version works well as part of a larger movie-car or LEGO® vehicle collection. A printed-background configuration creates a more focused scene behind the compact model and can help it stand out beside larger vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrinted artwork is included only with the corresponding printed-background configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe case is supplied as separate components and requires assembly. Use the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the required acrylic sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Structure Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1. Prepare the Components\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the acrylic panels, base, screws, connecting blocks and other supplied components on a clean, flat and stable work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e2. Assemble the Empty Case\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlign the acrylic panels with the corresponding connection points and use the supplied screws and connecting blocks to secure the enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e3. Inspect the Structure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck that all acrylic sections are correctly aligned, all required fasteners are secure and the case sits evenly on the display surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e4. Position the Time Machine\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully place the completed LEGO® Time Machine inside the case. Support the model from stable lower sections and keep projecting rear and side details clear of the acrylic panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAssembly Notes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble and inspect the empty case before placing the LEGO® model inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten screws against acrylic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force panels or connecting blocks into position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the finished display on a stable, level horizontal surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes Before You Buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this display designed for LEGO® set 77256?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This case is designed specifically for LEGO® Time Machine Back to the Future set 77256.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same case as the one for LEGO® set 10300?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LEGO® set 10300 is the larger Icons Time Machine and requires a different display case. Please confirm set number 77256 before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes the acrylic display panels, display base, connecting blocks, required screws and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® set 77256 and the completed Time Machine model are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much space should I reserve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease allow at least 28 cm × 13 cm × 11.8 cm for the case itself, with additional clearance around the enclosure for assembly, cleaning and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery with your order number and photo or video evidence. Eligible requests receive return authorization within 48 hours. Wait for approval and the correct return address before shipping anything back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange-of-mind returns require unused, complete goods in original condition. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded. Use original or protective packaging; tracked shipping is recommended. Customers pay non-defective return shipping; outbound and return shipping costs are non-refundable unless defective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest cancellation within 24 hours of ordering. Personal-reason cancellations before shipment carry a fee of 10% of the order amount; custom-product exclusions apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved original-payment refunds take 3–5 business days, with an additional 2–3 days possible for international orders. Store credit is issued immediately with a 5% bonus. EU consumers have a 14-calendar-day withdrawal window for unused eligible goods. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for full and partial refund conditions, exclusions and mandatory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEstimated Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation takes 1–3 business days; identified special or oversized products take 5–7 days, and custom-made products take 5–15 business days. Pre-orders follow the product-page dispatch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter dispatch, standard delivery is estimated at 7–14 business days and expedited delivery at 3–7 business days when offered at checkout. Shipping charges and availability depend on the destination and are calculated at checkout. Estimates are not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking is emailed when the order ships. Contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e if the parcel is more than 10 business days past the estimated delivery date. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich viewing angle works best?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA front three-quarter angle shows both the vehicle profile and the recognizable time-machine details. Keeping some visibility toward the rear also helps reveal more of the model’s movie-inspired equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere should I place a compact case like this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA stable shelf, cabinet or desk near eye level works well. Leaving a small amount of open space around the enclosure helps the model remain visually distinct from nearby objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the case arrive assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The display case is supplied as separate components and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a wall-mounted display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is a freestanding acrylic display case intended for tabletop, shelf, cabinet or desk use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs LEGO® set 77256 included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is for the CubeBuff display product only. LEGO® set 77256 and the completed Time Machine are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTrademark Notice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLEGO® is a trademark of the LEGO Group, which does not sponsor, authorize or endorse this independently made display product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56017782899010,"sku":"PS-DC-77256-STD","price":58.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56017782931778,"sku":"PS-DC-77256-PREM","price":69.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/01_idisplayit-com_01_71550789-8b4a-4b86-9e09-d26365de87cf.webp?v=1787998542"},{"product_id":"lego-40334-avengers-tower-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Marvel Avengers Tower (40334)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGive Avengers Tower 40334 a display space of its own. This acrylic case surrounds the build with clear panels and a black base, with a choice of a clear or printed background to suit how you want to present it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 15 cm by 15 cm external footprint helps you plan the shelf layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the Clear or Printed Background option using the matching product image.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe clear cover lifts off for access to the model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 40334 Avengers Tower. Match the set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose by the exact set number; models sharing this name can have different dimensions and attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 15cm, Depth: 15cm, Height: 26.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are external case dimensions. Allow additional space above the case to lift off the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose “Clear” or “Printed Background” in the Background selector. A printed background is included only with the Printed Background option. Match the selected option to its product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA background only when specified by the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/acrylic-display-cases\"\u003eacrylic display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and match the exact LEGO set number before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56168128545090,"sku":null,"price":59.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56168128577858,"sku":null,"price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-40334-avengers-tower-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789430876"},{"product_id":"lego-75244-tantive-iv-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Star Wars Tantive IV (75244)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFrame the length of your Tantive IV in a dedicated acrylic display case. Designed for LEGO 75244, the clear panels keep the ship visible, while a lift-off cover lets you reach the model when you want to adjust it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear acrylic panels surround the model while keeping it visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the listed configuration with or without a background.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReserve space for the case: 65.5 cm wide, 30.5 cm deep and 25.5 cm high externally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 75244 Tantive IV. Match the set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose by the exact set number; models sharing this name can have different dimensions and attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 65.5cm, Depth: 30.5cm, Height: 25.5cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are external case dimensions. Allow additional space above the case to lift off the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose “Display stand and Display Case” or “Display stand and Display Case with Background” in the option selector. A background is included only with the background configuration. Match the selected option to its product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA background only when specified by the selected configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/star-wars-display-cases\"\u003eStar Wars display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and match the exact LEGO set number before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Display stand and Display Case with Background","offer_id":56168128741698,"sku":null,"price":178.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Display stand and Display Case","offer_id":56168128774466,"sku":null,"price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-75244-tantive-iv-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789430877"},{"product_id":"lego-21319-central-perk-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Ideas Central Perk (21319)","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep the Central Perk scene ready for its next close-up. This acrylic display case frames LEGO 21319 on a black base, with a choice of a clear backdrop or a printed studio scene behind the cafe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA low, wide case keeps the cafe and its characters visible together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a clear background for an open view or a printed studio background for a staged scene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the clear cover off the base when you want to rearrange the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 21319 Ideas Central Perk. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 39.3cm, Depth: 24.2cm, Height: 14.5cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space above the case to lift off the cover and around it for placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Clear or Printed Background in the Background selector. A printed background is included only with the Printed Background option. Match the selected option to its product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA printed background when the Printed Background configuration is selected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/lego-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and choose by the exact LEGO set number for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56170981261634,"sku":null,"price":88.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56170981294402,"sku":null,"price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-21319-central-perk-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789433493"},{"product_id":"lego-76989-horizon-tallneck-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Horizon Forbidden West Tallneck (76989)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGive the Tallneck room to rise above its landscape. This acrylic case for LEGO 76989 pairs a tall clear enclosure with a printed mountain and forest background, keeping the model and Aloy together in one display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe landscape background extends the setting behind the completed build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 38.3 cm external case height accommodates the tall presentation shown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear side panels let you view the Tallneck from different angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 76989 Horizon Forbidden West Tallneck. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 28cm, Depth: 23cm, Height: 38.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space above the case to lift off the cover and around it for placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the Printed Background configuration shown in the main product image. Transparent rear views in the gallery illustrate the case construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinted mountain and forest background.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/lego-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and choose by the exact LEGO set number for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56170981327170,"sku":null,"price":92.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-76989-horizon-tallneck-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789433487"},{"product_id":"lego-75330-dagobah-jedi-training-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Star Wars Dagobah Jedi Training Diorama (75330)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFrame the Dagobah training scene without hiding its small details. Sized for LEGO 75330, this acrylic case places the diorama on a black base and offers either a clear backdrop or a printed swamp forest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 34 x 23 cm external footprint gives the training scene a defined place on the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe printed background option adds depth behind the trees and hut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe lift-off cover gives access to the diorama and minifigures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 75330 Star Wars Dagobah Jedi Training Diorama. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 34cm Depth: 23cm Height: 18.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space above the case to lift off the cover and around it for placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Clear or Printed Background in the Background selector. A printed background is included only with the Printed Background option. Match the selected option to its product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA printed background when the Printed Background configuration is selected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/star-wars-display-cases\"\u003eStar Wars display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and choose by the exact LEGO set number for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56170981359938,"sku":null,"price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56170981392706,"sku":null,"price":67.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-75330-dagobah-jedi-training-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789433485"},{"product_id":"lego-75329-death-star-trench-run-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Star Wars Death Star Trench Run Diorama (75329)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGive the trench run a frame that keeps the action in view. This acrylic display case for LEGO 75329 surrounds the diorama with clear panels and offers a printed Death Star scene or a clear background.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe low 14.3 cm external case height suits the horizontal diorama presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the printed battle background to continue the scene beyond the bricks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe black base and clear sides keep attention on the ships and trench details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 75329 Star Wars Death Star Trench Run Diorama. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 28cm, Depth: 23cm, Height: 14.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space above the case to lift off the cover and around it for placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Clear or Printed Background in the Background selector. A printed background is included only with the Printed Background option. Match the selected option to its product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA printed background when the Printed Background configuration is selected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/star-wars-display-cases\"\u003eStar Wars display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and choose by the exact LEGO set number for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56170981425474,"sku":null,"price":66.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56170981458242,"sku":null,"price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-75329-death-star-trench-run-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789433486"},{"product_id":"lego-75308-r2-d2-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Star Wars R2-D2 (75308)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGive R2-D2 a place in the collection where the details stay visible. This acrylic case is sized for LEGO 75308 and lets you choose a clear background or a printed hangar scene behind the droid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tall enclosure frames the droid, its minifigure and the set display elements shown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the clear background for views through the case or the printed scene for a themed display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe clear cover lifts away when you want to adjust the model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 75308 Star Wars R2-D2. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 27cm, Depth: 32cm, Height: 37.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space above the case to lift off the cover and around it for placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Clear or Printed Background in the Background selector. A printed background is included only with the Printed Background option. Match the selected option to its product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA printed background when the Printed Background configuration is selected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/star-wars-display-cases\"\u003eStar Wars display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and choose by the exact LEGO set number for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56170981523778,"sku":null,"price":105.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56170981556546,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-75308-r2-d2-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789433483"},{"product_id":"lego-21336-the-office-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Ideas The Office (21336)","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep the office scene in view, from the desks to the meeting room. This low acrylic case for LEGO 21336 surrounds the completed build with clear panels and a black base shaped to locate the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear panels and a clear top preserve views into the office layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe base recess helps locate the set within the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift-off access makes it easier to reposition the characters and scene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 21336 Ideas The Office. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWidth: 36cm x Depth: 32cm x Height 9.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space above the case to lift off the cover and around it for placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is the clear case configuration. No printed background is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/lego-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and choose by the exact LEGO set number for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56170981589314,"sku":null,"price":77.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-21336-the-office-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789433486"},{"product_id":"lego-10266-apollo-11-lunar-lander-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO NASA Apollo 11 Lunar Lander (10266)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGive the Apollo 11 landing scene a dedicated display. Sized for LEGO 10266, this acrylic case surrounds the Lunar Lander with clear panels and offers a printed lunar horizon or a clear background.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA square 27 x 27 cm external footprint helps you plan the shelf space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe printed background option places the lander against the Moon with Earth in the distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the clear cover off the base to reach the model and astronauts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 10266 NASA Apollo 11 Lunar Lander. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 27cm, Depth: 27cm, Height: 26.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space above the case to lift off the cover and around it for placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Clear or Printed Background in the Background selector. A printed background is included only with the Printed Background option. Match the selected option to its product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA printed background when the Printed Background configuration is selected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/lego-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and choose by the exact LEGO set number for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56170981654850,"sku":null,"price":86.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56170981687618,"sku":null,"price":73.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-10266-apollo-11-lunar-lander-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789433483"},{"product_id":"lego-75810-stranger-things-upside-down-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Stranger Things The Upside Down (75810)","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep both sides of the Upside Down visible in one display. This acrylic case for LEGO 75810 frames the house, its inverted world and the characters, with a clear or split forest background to choose from.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 49 cm external width leaves room for the wide presentation shown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe printed background mirrors the orange and blue contrast between the two worlds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA lift-off cover gives access to the model without dismantling the display case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 75810 Stranger Things The Upside Down. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 49cm, Depth: 29cm, Height: 37.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space above the case to lift off the cover and around it for placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Clear or Printed Background in the Background selector. A printed background is included only with the Printed Background option. Match the selected option to its product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA printed background when the Printed Background configuration is selected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/lego-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and choose by the exact LEGO set number for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Printed Background","offer_id":56170981720386,"sku":null,"price":142.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear","offer_id":56170981753154,"sku":null,"price":122.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-75810-stranger-things-upside-down-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789433483"},{"product_id":"lego-40478-mini-disney-castle-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Mini Disney Castle (40478)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePut the Mini Disney Castle in front of its own fireworks display. This acrylic case for LEGO 40478 combines a blue printed background, clear panels and a black base for the castle and its minifigure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe blue fireworks background frames the castle spires without taking extra shelf space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 20 x 19 cm external footprint suits a compact castle display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe clear cover lifts off so you can reach the model and minifigure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 40478 Mini Disney Castle. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions (external): Width: 20cm, Depth: 19cm, Height: 23.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space above the case to lift off the cover and around it for placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and connector cubes for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the Blue Fireworks Background shown in the main product image. Models and other collectibles pictured alongside the case are display examples.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear 3 mm acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack acrylic display base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly screws and connector cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue fireworks printed background.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes. The clear cover lifts off the base for access and sits back in the base grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/lego-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and choose by the exact LEGO set number for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Blue Fireworks Background","offer_id":56170981785922,"sku":null,"price":71.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb-lego-40478-mini-disney-castle-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789433489"},{"product_id":"lego-76249-venomised-groot-display-case","title":"Acrylic Display Case for LEGO Venomised Groot (76249)","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep both sides of Venomised Groot visible. This clear acrylic case frames LEGO 76249 without a printed background, so the contrast between Groot and Venom remains the focus.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDisplay details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe tall, narrow format suits the upright figure and keeps the display compact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear panels keep the display visible from the front and sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for LEGO 76249 Venomised Groot. Match the exact set number on your box or instruction booklet before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWidth: 22cm, Depth: 15cm, Height: 30.3cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow additional space around the complete display for placement and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaterials\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mm clear acrylic case panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcrylic base and display structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing supplies the clear case configuration shown in the main product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eAcrylic case panels and the display base shown.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLEGO models and minifigures are not included. A separate information plaque is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. Join the acrylic panels using the screws and connector cubes, then fit the cover to the base. The cover lifts away for access when you want to adjust the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShipping charges and available services are calculated at checkout for your destination. Standard transit is estimated at 7–14 business days after dispatch; preparation time is additional. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for standard, special, custom and pre-order schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@cubebuff.com\"\u003einfo@cubebuff.com\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery before returning anything. Eligible requests receive authorization within 48 hours. Custom-made, engraved or personalized products and items marked “Final Sale” are excluded from change-of-mind returns. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Refunds Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for cancellation fees, return costs, refunds and EU withdrawal rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExplore more displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/lego-display-cases\"\u003eLEGO display cases\u003c\/a\u003e and compare the product fit and available space for your next display.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CubeBuff","offers":[{"title":"Clear Case","offer_id":56171717198146,"sku":null,"price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1019\/2833\/7730\/files\/cb50-lego-76249-venomised-groot-display-case-01-hero-20260915.webp?v=1789440735"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.cubebuff.com\/collections\/acrylic-display-cases.oembed?page=5","provider":"CubeBuff","version":"1.0","type":"link"}